WO2018062438A1 - Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018062438A1
WO2018062438A1 PCT/JP2017/035348 JP2017035348W WO2018062438A1 WO 2018062438 A1 WO2018062438 A1 WO 2018062438A1 JP 2017035348 W JP2017035348 W JP 2017035348W WO 2018062438 A1 WO2018062438 A1 WO 2018062438A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
formula
carbon atoms
aligning agent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/035348
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
アルム 金
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to CN201780060270.3A priority Critical patent/CN109791329B/en
Priority to JP2018542891A priority patent/JP7089229B2/en
Priority to KR1020197011769A priority patent/KR102453433B1/en
Priority to CN202111009465.XA priority patent/CN113805386B/en
Publication of WO2018062438A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018062438A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • C08G73/1078Partially aromatic polyimides wholly aromatic in the diamino moiety
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1085Polyimides with diamino moieties or tetracarboxylic segments containing heterocyclic moieties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent used for a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element using the same.
  • liquid crystal devices have been widely used as display units for personal computers, mobile phones, television receivers, and the like.
  • the liquid crystal device includes, for example, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between an element substrate and a color filter substrate, a pixel electrode and a common electrode that apply an electric field to the liquid crystal layer, an alignment film that controls the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer, and a pixel A thin film transistor (TFT) for switching an electric signal supplied to the electrode is provided.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • a vertical electric field method such as a TN method and a VA method
  • a horizontal electric field method such as an IPS method and a fringe field switching (hereinafter referred to as FFS) method are known (for example, Patent Document 1).
  • liquid crystal display elements and organic EL elements are very important in terms of economical efficiency in the production process, and therefore, recycling of element substrates is required. That is, after a liquid crystal alignment film is formed from a liquid crystal alignment agent, if defects such as alignment are inspected, a rework process for removing the liquid crystal alignment film from the substrate and recovering the substrate is required to be easily performed. ing.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the conventionally proposed liquid crystal aligning agent is rather intended to be insolubilized in an organic solvent or the like after post-baking to reduce film loss.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film which is a constituent member of a liquid crystal display element, is a film for uniformly arranging liquid crystals.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film is a film for uniformly arranging liquid crystals.
  • an alignment process called rubbing is generally performed by rubbing the surface of the polymer film with a cloth.
  • the rubbing resistance of the liquid crystal alignment film is insufficient, the film is scraped to generate scratches and dust, or the film itself is peeled off, thereby degrading the display quality of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element is driven by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • Patent Document 2 proposes a method for obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film that is excellent in rubbing resistance and has little afterimage and image sticking.
  • Patent Document 3 proposes a method for obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment properties, alignment regulating power, and rubbing resistance, a high voltage holding ratio, and reduced charge accumulation.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal aligning agent that can provide a liquid crystal aligning film that satisfies various properties required for the liquid crystal aligning film and is excellent in reworkability.
  • the present inventors have a specific structure with a tetracarboxylic acid containing a specific aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. It has been found that by using a polyamic acid obtained from diamine and an imidized polymer of polyamic acid, a liquid crystal alignment film satisfying various properties necessary for the liquid crystal alignment film and having excellent reworkability can be obtained. Completed.
  • X is a single bond, an ether bond, a carbonyl, an ester bond, phenylene, a linear alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the carbon atoms of phenylene and alkylene may be substituted with one or more identical or different substituents selected from halogen atoms, cyano groups, alkyl groups, haloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups and haloalkoxy groups. Good.
  • Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride component of the component (A) is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1).
  • liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of 1 to 3, wherein Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from structures of the following formulas (YD-1) to (YD-5).
  • a 1 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • Z 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 prime groups which may have a substituent.
  • W 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a 2 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring, or carbon A disubstituted amino group substituted with an aliphatic group having a number of 1 to 6.
  • W 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 benzene rings.
  • W 3 is an alkylene or biphenylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • Z 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a benzene ring
  • a is an integer of 0 to 1.
  • a 3 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a 4 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • W 5 is alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 described in formulas (YD-1), (YD-2), (YD-4), and (YD-5) are pyrrolidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, 5.
  • Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structures of the following formulas (YD-6) to (YD-21), and any one of 1 to 5 Liquid crystal aligning agent as described in one.
  • Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structure of the above formulas (YD-14) and (YD-18), The liquid crystal aligning agent of description.
  • Liquid crystal display element which comprises the liquid crystal aligning film of 11.10.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can suppress charge accumulation due to asymmetry of AC driving and is excellent in reworkability.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention comprises (A) a tetracarboxylic acid containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (1) in a ratio of 10:90 to 90:10.
  • X is a single bond, an ether bond, a carbonyl, an ester bond, phenylene, a linear alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A group comprising a cyclic alkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a sulfonyl, an amide bond or a combination thereof, wherein the alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is interrupted by a bond selected from an ester bond and an ether bond.
  • Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.
  • (A) component used for the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is tetracarboxylic dianhydride and aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the said Formula (1) by the ratio of 10:90 to 90:10.
  • a polyamic acid obtained by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component containing the diamine represented by the above formula (2), and at least one polymer selected from an imidized polymer of the polyamic acid. is there.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride component examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the formula (1) a tetracarboxylic dianhydride in which i is 1 in the formula (1), that is, two or more in terms of high reworkability improvement effect.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a benzene ring is preferably (1-2) to (1-11) in the above specific examples, and contains a biphenyl structure and has a rigid structure. 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by (1-5) is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the specific aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the present invention include tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the following formula (3).
  • X 1 is any one of the following (X-1) to (X-28).
  • R 3 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • (X-1) to (X-20) are preferable from the viewpoint that they do not contain an aromatic moiety, and (X-10) is most preferable from the viewpoint that thermal imidization is particularly difficult.
  • the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) in the entire tetracarboxylic dianhydride component used for the production of the component (A) of the present invention is small. If it is too much, the effect of the present invention cannot be obtained. Therefore, the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) is preferably 10 to 100 mol% with respect to 1 mol of the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride, Preferably, it is 50 to 100 mol%, more preferably 80 to 100 mol%.
  • the content ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) and the aliphatic dianhydride is 10:90 to 90:10, preferably 20:80 to 80:20. More preferably, the ratio is 40:60 to 60:40, particularly preferably 46:54 to 54:46, and most preferably substantially equivalent.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) may be used alone or in combination, respectively, but in that case, the formula (1)
  • the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula is preferably used.
  • the polyamic acid contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention includes a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1), as well as a tetra represented by the following formula (4).
  • Carboxylic dianhydrides may be used.
  • X is a tetravalent organic group, and its structure is not particularly limited. Specific examples include structures of the following formulas (X-31) to (X-36).
  • the diamine component used for the production of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains the diamine of the above formula (2).
  • Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • alkenyl group examples include those obtained by replacing one or more CH—CH structures present in the above alkyl group with C ⁇ C structures, and more specifically, vinyl groups, allyl groups, 1-propenyl groups.
  • Alkynyl groups include those in which one or more CH 2 —CH 2 structures present in the alkyl group are replaced with C ⁇ C structures, and more specifically, ethynyl groups, 1-propynyl groups, 2 -Propynyl group and the like.
  • the above alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group may have a substituent as long as it has 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a whole, and may further form a ring structure by the substituent.
  • forming a ring structure with a substituent means that the substituents or a substituent and a part of the mother skeleton are bonded to form a ring structure.
  • substituents are halogen groups, hydroxyl groups, thiol groups, nitro groups, aryl groups, organooxy groups, organothio groups, organosilyl groups, acyl groups, ester groups, thioester groups, phosphate ester groups, amide groups, alkyls.
  • halogen group examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • aryl group that is a substituent examples include a phenyl group. This aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
  • the organooxy group that is a substituent can have a structure represented by OR.
  • the R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above. Specific examples of the alkyloxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propyloxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group and the like.
  • organothio group which is a substituent
  • R examples include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • Specific examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, a heptylthio group, and an octylthio group.
  • the organosilyl group as a substituent can have a structure represented by —Si— (R) 3 .
  • the R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • alkylsilyl group examples include a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tripropylsilyl group, a tributylsilyl group, a tripentylsilyl group, a trihexylsilyl group, a pentyldimethylsilyl group, and a hexyldimethylsilyl group.
  • the acyl group as a substituent can have a structure represented by —C (O) —R.
  • R include the above-described alkyl group, alkenyl group, and aryl group. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • Specific examples of the acyl group include formyl group, acetyl group, propionyl group, butyryl group, isobutyryl group, valeryl group, isovaleryl group, benzoyl group and the like.
  • ester group which is a substituent a structure represented by —C (O) O—R or —OC (O) —R can be shown.
  • R include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • thioester group which is a substituent
  • a structure represented by —C (S) OR— or —OC (S) —R can be shown.
  • R include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • the phosphate group which is a substituent can have a structure represented by —OP (O) — (OR) 2 .
  • the R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • Examples of the substituent amide group include —C (O) NH 2 , —C (O) NHR, —NHC (O) R, —C (O) N (R) 2 , —NRC (O) R.
  • the structure represented by can be shown.
  • the R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
  • aryl group as a substituent examples include the same aryl groups as described above. This aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
  • substituent alkyl group examples include the same alkyl groups as described above. This alkyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
  • alkenyl group as a substituent examples include the same alkenyl groups as described above. This alkenyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
  • alkynyl group as the substituent examples include the same alkynyl group as described above. This alkynyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
  • B 1 and B 2 a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom that may have a substituent is 1
  • An alkyl group of 1 to 5 is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the structure of Y 1 in the formula (2) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Absent. If specific examples are given, at least one kind selected from the group consisting of an amino group represented by the following formulas (YD-1) to (YD-5), an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may be used. Examples thereof include a divalent organic group having a structure.
  • a 1 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • Z 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. is there.
  • W 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a 2 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring, or 1 carbon atom To a di-substituted amino group substituted with an aliphatic group of 1 to 6.
  • W 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 benzene rings
  • W 3 is alkylene or biphenylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • Z 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a benzene ring
  • a is an integer of 0 to 1.
  • a 3 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a 4 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • W 5 is an alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • pyrrolidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, piperidine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, indole, benzimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, carbazole, piperazine, piperidine, indole, benzimidazole, imidazole, carbazole, and Pyridine is more preferred.
  • Y 2 in the formula (2) include divalent organic groups having nitrogen atoms represented by the following formulas (YD-6) to (YD-38).
  • (YD-14) to (YD-21) are more preferable, and (YD-14) and (YD-18) are particularly preferable.
  • j is an integer from 0 to 3.
  • h is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • j is an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the ratio of the diamine represented by the formula (2) in the polyamic acid and the imidized polymer of the polyamic acid of the present invention is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30%, based on 1 mol of the total diamine. To 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%.
  • the diamine represented by the formula (2) in the polyamic acid and the imidized polymer of the polyamic acid as the component (A) of the present invention may be used alone or in combination.
  • the diamine represented by the formula (2) is preferably used in the above preferred amount as a total.
  • the polyamic acid contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may use a diamine represented by the following formula (5) in addition to the diamine represented by the above formula (2).
  • Y 2 in the following formula (5) is a divalent organic group, and the structure thereof is not particularly limited, and two or more kinds may be mixed. Specific examples thereof include the following (Y-1) to (Y-49) and (Y-57) to (Y-75).
  • the proportion of the diamine represented by the formula (5) is preferably 0 to 90 mol%, more preferably 0 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 0 to 20 mol% with respect to 1 mol of the total diamine. .
  • the polyamic acid which is a polyimide precursor used in the present invention can be synthesized by the following method.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine are reacted in the presence of an organic solvent at ⁇ 20 to 150 ° C., preferably 0 to 70 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • an organic solvent at ⁇ 20 to 150 ° C., preferably 0 to 70 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • the organic solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, etc. in view of the solubility of the monomer and polymer. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. May be used.
  • the concentration of the polymer is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is difficult to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained.
  • the polyamic acid obtained as described above can be recovered by precipitating a polymer by pouring into a poor solvent while thoroughly stirring the reaction solution. Moreover, the powder of polyamic acid refine
  • the poor solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene and the like, and water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and the like are preferable.
  • the polyimide used in the present invention can be produced by imidizing the polyamic acid.
  • Chemical imidation can be performed by stirring a polymer to be imidized in an organic solvent in the presence of a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride.
  • a basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Of these, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction.
  • the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
  • the temperature for carrying out the imidization reaction is ⁇ 20 to 140 ° C., preferably 0 to 100 ° C., and the reaction time can be 1 to 100 hours.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 times mol, preferably 2 to 20 times mol of the polyamic acid group, and the amount of acid anhydride is 1 to 50 times mol, preferably 3 to 30 times mol of the polyamic acid group. Is a mole.
  • the imidation ratio of the resulting polymer can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, temperature, and reaction time.
  • the obtained imidized polymer is recovered by the means described below, and redissolved in an organic solvent. It is preferable to use a liquid crystal aligning agent.
  • the polyimide solution obtained as described above can be polymerized by pouring into a poor solvent while stirring well. Precipitation is performed several times, and after washing with a poor solvent, a polymer powder purified by drying at normal temperature or by heating can be obtained.
  • the poor solvent examples include, but are not limited to, methanol, 2-propanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and the like. Methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, Acetone is preferred.
  • (B) component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention consists of a polyimide precursor, the imidation polymer of this polyimide precursor, and the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer which expresses liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range. It is at least one polymer selected from the group.
  • the polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor having a structural unit represented by the following formula (11).
  • X 11 is each independently a tetravalent organic group
  • Y 11 is each independently a divalent organic group.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • a 11 to A 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, An alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 Specific examples of the alkyl group in R 11 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-pentyl group. Etc. From the viewpoint of ease of imidization by heating, R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • X 11 is a tetravalent organic group derived from a tetracarboxylic acid derivative, and its structure is not particularly limited. In the polyimide precursor, X 11 is 2 or more may be mixed. Specific examples of X 11 include structures of the following formulas (X-1) to (X-44).
  • R 8 to R 11 in the formula (X-1) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, or phenyl. It is a group.
  • R 8 to R 11 have a bulky structure, the liquid crystal orientation may be lowered, so a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • X 11 preferably contains a structure selected from (X-1) to (X-14) from the viewpoint of availability of monomers.
  • a preferred ratio of the structure selected from the above formulas (X-1) to (X-14) is 20 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 80 mol% or more of the entire X 11. is there.
  • a 11 and A 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Or an alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Y 11 is a divalent organic group derived from diamine, and its structure is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the structure of Y 11 are as follows: (Y-1) to (Y-49) and (Y-57) to (Y-75) and (YD— 6) to (YD-38). In addition, the following (Y-76) to (Y-97) and (YD-39) to (YD-52) can be mentioned.
  • n are each an integer from 1 to 11, and m + n is an integer from 2 to 12.
  • the structure of Y 11 is more preferably at least one selected from structures represented by the following formulas (15) and (16) from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment properties and pretilt angles of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film.
  • R 12 is a single bond or a divalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a is When R is an integer of 1 to 4 and a is 2 or more, R 12 and R 13 may be the same or different from each other
  • R 14 in formula (16) is a single bond, —O—, —S—. , —NR 15 —, an amide bond, an ester bond, a urea bond, or a divalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms
  • R 15 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Y- 11 , Y-21, Y-22, Y-23, Y-25 are used as Y11.
  • Y-43, Y-44, Y-45, Y-46, Y-48, Y-63, Y-71, Y-72, Y-73, Y-74, Y-75 are more preferable.
  • the proportion of the above structure that can enhance the liquid crystal alignment is preferably 20 mol% or more of Y 11 as a whole, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and further preferably 80 mol% or more.
  • Y 11 has a long-chain alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a steroid skeleton, or a combination of these in the side chain.
  • Examples of such Y 11 include Y-76, Y-77, Y-78, Y-79, Y-80, Y-81, Y-82, Y-83, Y-84, Y-85, Y- 86, Y-87, Y-88, Y-89, Y-90, Y-91, Y-92, Y-93, Y-94, Y-95, Y-96, Y-97 are preferred.
  • the proportion of the above structure for increasing the pretilt angle is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol% of the entire Y 11 .
  • a polyimide (precursor) having a photoalignable side chain is used as the polymer of the component (B), it is preferable to use a polyimide (precursor) having the following photoreactive side chain.
  • R 16 is —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CON ( CH 3 ) — or —N (CH 3 ) CO—
  • R 17 represents cyclic, unsubstituted, or alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is substituted by a fluorine atom.
  • Arbitrary —CH 2 — may be replaced by —CF 2 — or —C ⁇ C—, and in the case where any of the following groups is not adjacent to each other, these groups may be replaced: --O--, --COO--, --OCO--, --NHCO--, --CONH--, --NH--, carbocycle, heterocycle, R 18 represents --CH 2- , --O--, --COO--, --OCO-- , -NHCO -, - NH -, - N (CH 3) -, - CO (CH 3) -, - N (CH 3) CO-, represent either carbocyclic or heterocyclic,
  • R 19 is vinylphenyl group
  • -CR 20 CH 2 group, -CR 20 (OH) -CH 3 groups, a carbocycle, a heterocyclic ring, or a structure represented by a formula selected from the following group is represented
  • R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group optionally substituted
  • a polyimide precursor having a photoalignable group in the main chain may be used.
  • a diamine having a bond containing a photoalignable group between the amine and the amine as represented by the following formula (21).
  • X 21 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • X 22 represents —OCO—CH ⁇ CH— or —CH ⁇ CH—COO—
  • X 23 represents a single bond.
  • X 24 is a single bond, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH— or —CH ⁇ CH—COO—
  • X 25 is a single bond or carbon number 1 to 5 alkylene groups, with one or more cinnamoyl groups
  • Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (21) include the following diamines.
  • X is independently a single bond or a linking group selected from ether (—O—), ester (—COO— or —OCO—) and amide (—CONH— or —NHCO—);
  • diamine represented by the formula (21) include the following diamines.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film formed by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester using a diamine represented by the above formula (21) as a raw material, polyimide or polyamide is AC.
  • a change in liquid crystal alignment performance due to (alternating current) driving, for example, a change in alignment orientation of liquid crystal is reduced. Therefore, the liquid crystal display element having this liquid crystal alignment film has a stable liquid crystal alignment performance of the liquid crystal alignment film in AC driving, so that an afterimage is hardly generated by AC driving, that is, an afterimage characteristic by AC driving is very good. There is an effect.
  • the liquid crystal aligning film formed using the diamine represented by the said Formula (21) is excellent also in liquid crystal aligning performance itself, and can be made into a thing without an alignment defect substantially.
  • the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is obtained from a reaction between a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative, and examples thereof include polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.
  • the polyamic acid ester which is a polyimide precursor used in the present invention can be produced by the following production method (1), (2) or (3).
  • polyamic acid ester can be manufactured by esterifying the polyamic acid manufactured as mentioned above. Specifically, the polyamic acid and the esterifying agent are reacted in the presence of an organic solvent at ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 4 hours. Can be manufactured.
  • the esterifying agent is preferably one that can be easily removed by purification, and N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide Dineopentyl butyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide di-t-butyl acetal, 1-methyl-3-p-tolyltriazene, 1-ethyl-3-p-tolyltriazene, 1-propyl-3-p -Tolyltriazene, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride and the like.
  • the addition amount of the esterifying agent is preferably 2 to 6 molar equivalents per 1 mol of the polyamic acid repeating unit.
  • organic solvent examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or ⁇ -butyrolactone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or 1,3-dimethyl- Examples include imidazolidinone.
  • solvent solubility of the polyimide precursor is high, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the formulas [D-1] to [D-3] described later
  • the solvent shown by can be used.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve a polyimide precursor, you may mix and use it for the said solvent in the range which the produced
  • the solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, or ⁇ -butyrolactone in view of polymer solubility. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Good.
  • the concentration at the time of production is preferably 1 to 30% by mass and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is unlikely to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained.
  • the polyamic acid ester can be manufactured from tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine.
  • tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine in the presence of a base and an organic solvent at ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 4 hours. It can be produced by reacting.
  • pyridine triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine and the like can be used, but pyridine is preferable because the reaction proceeds gently.
  • the addition amount of the base is preferably 2 to 4 times the molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride from the viewpoint of easy removal and high molecular weight.
  • the solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or ⁇ -butyrolactone from the solubility of the monomer and polymer, and these may be used alone or in combination.
  • the polymer concentration at the time of production is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is unlikely to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained.
  • the solvent used for the production of the polyamic acid ester is preferably dehydrated as much as possible, and it is preferable to prevent mixing of outside air in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Polyamic acid ester can be manufactured by polycondensing tetracarboxylic-acid diester and diamine.
  • tetracarboxylic acid diester and diamine in the presence of a condensing agent, a base, and an organic solvent at 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 15 It can manufacture by making it react for time.
  • condensing agent examples include triphenyl phosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride, N, N′-carbonyldiimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazide.
  • Nylmethylmorpholinium O- (benzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate, O- (benzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N , N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, (2,3-dihydro-2-thioxo-3-benzoxazolyl) phosphonate diphenyl, and the like.
  • the addition amount of the condensing agent is preferably 2 to 3 times the molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid diester.
  • tertiary amines such as pyridine and triethylamine can be used.
  • the amount of the base added is preferably 2 to 4 times the mol of the diamine component from the viewpoint that it can be easily removed and a high molecular weight product can be easily obtained.
  • the reaction proceeds efficiently by adding Lewis acid as an additive.
  • Lewis acid lithium halides such as lithium chloride and lithium bromide are preferable.
  • the addition amount of the Lewis acid is preferably 0 to 1.0 times mol with respect to the diamine component.
  • the polymer solution can be precipitated by injecting the polyamic acid ester solution obtained as described above into a poor solvent while stirring well. Precipitation is performed several times, and after washing with a poor solvent, a purified polyamic acid ester powder can be obtained at room temperature or by heating and drying.
  • a poor solvent is not specifically limited, Water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene etc. are mentioned.
  • the polyimide used in the present invention can be produced by imidizing the aforementioned polyamic acid ester or polyamic acid. It conforms to the description of the method for producing polyimide described in the section of component (A-1) and component (A-2).
  • Photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range One aspect of the component (B) is a photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range.
  • the side chain type acrylic polymer preferably reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm and exhibits liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C. to 300 ° C.
  • the side chain acrylic polymer preferably has a photosensitive side chain that reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm.
  • the side chain acrylic polymer preferably has a mesogenic group in order to exhibit liquid crystallinity in a temperature range of 100 ° C to 300 ° C.
  • the side chain type acrylic polymer has a photosensitive side chain bonded to the main chain, and can cause a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a light fleece rearrangement in response to light.
  • the structure of the side chain having photosensitivity is not particularly limited, but a structure that undergoes a crosslinking reaction or photofleece rearrangement in response to light is desirable, and a structure that causes a crosslinking reaction is more desirable. In this case, even if exposed to external stress such as heat, the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time.
  • the structure of the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer film capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies such characteristics, but preferably has a rigid mesogenic component in the side chain structure.
  • the side chain type acrylic polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained.
  • the structure of the acrylic polymer has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain includes a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group.
  • a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group.
  • the structure of the photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range include hydrocarbons, (meth) acrylates, itaconates, fumarate, maleates, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ - A main chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radically polymerizable groups such as butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and a side chain composed of at least one of the following formulas (31) to (35) It is preferable that the structure has
  • Ar 1 represents a divalent substituent obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, or pyridine ring, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are independent of each other.
  • Each of Ar 4 and Ar 5 independently represents a divalent substituent obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring or pyridine ring
  • Y 1 -Y 2 represents CH ⁇ CH, CH ⁇ N, N ⁇ CH or C ⁇ C
  • S 1 to S 3 each independently represent a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 5 to 8 Whether it represents loalkylene, phenylene or biphenylene, or one or more bonds selected from a single bond, ether bond, ester bond
  • R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms.
  • dialkylamino groups wherein the benzene ring and / or naphthalene ring is one or more substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms. It may be substituted by a group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, or a combination thereof, and may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range as the component (B) of the present application can contain liquid crystal side chains.
  • the mesogenic group possessed by the liquid crystalline side chain is a group that forms a mesogenic structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains, such as benzoic acid, even if it is a group that forms a mesogenic structure alone, such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate. May be.
  • the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain the following structure is preferable.
  • the photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer exhibiting liquid crystallinity in the above-mentioned predetermined temperature range is obtained by polymerizing the photoreactive side chain monomer having the above photosensitive side chain and the liquid crystalline side chain monomer. Can do.
  • the photoreactive side chain monomer is a monomer capable of forming a polymer having a photosensitive side chain at the side chain portion of the polymer when the polymer is formed.
  • the photoreactive group possessed by the side chain is preferably a structure represented by the above formulas (31) to (35).
  • photoreactive side chain monomer examples include radical polymerizable groups such as hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc.
  • a structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of the above and a photosensitive side chain composed of at least one of the above formulas (31) to (35) is preferable.
  • the liquid crystalline side chain monomer is a monomer in which a polymer derived from the monomer exhibits liquid crystallinity and the polymer can form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
  • liquid crystal side chain monomers include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, radical polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc.
  • a structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group and a side chain having at least one of the “mesogenic groups of the liquid crystalline side chain” is preferable.
  • the side chain type acrylic polymer which is one embodiment of the component (B) can be obtained by the polymerization reaction of the above-described photoreactive side chain monomer exhibiting liquid crystallinity. Further, it can be obtained by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that does not exhibit liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer, or by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer. it can. Furthermore, it can be copolymerized with other monomers as long as the liquid crystallinity is not impaired.
  • Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
  • monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic ester compound, methacrylic ester compound, maleimide compound, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compound and vinyl compound.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
  • acrylic ester compound examples include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compound examples include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl.
  • (Meth) acrylate compounds having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate are also used. be able to.
  • vinyl compound examples include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
  • styrene compound examples include styrene, methyl styrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
  • maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
  • the method for producing the side chain polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method that is handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a liquid crystalline side chain monomer or photoreactive side chain monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
  • a known radical polymerization initiator such as AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) or a known compound such as a reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagent should be used.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • RAFT reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer
  • the radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
  • the organic solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive side-chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range is not particularly limited as long as the produced polymer is soluble. Specific examples are given below.
  • organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the polymer
  • the polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. Therefore, the monomer concentration is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
  • the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is
  • the content is preferably 0.1 mol% to 10 mol% based on the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
  • the polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
  • impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
  • the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the molecular weight of the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range is the strength of the resulting coating film and the workability during coating film formation.
  • the weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000. It is.
  • the content of the component (A) and the component (B) in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is such that the total ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 95: 5, 10: More preferably, it is 90 to 90:10.
  • the imidation ratio of the component (B) can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the use and purpose, but the solubility From the viewpoint of charge storage characteristics, the imidation ratio of the specific polymer (A) component is preferably 0 to 55%, more preferably 0 to 20%.
  • the specific polymer (B) preferably has a higher imidation ratio from the viewpoint of liquid crystal orientation, alignment regulating force, and voltage holding ratio, preferably 40% to 95%, more preferably 55 to 90%. It is.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention has a form of a solution in which a polymer component is dissolved in an organic solvent.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 2,000 to 500,000 in terms of weight average molecular weight, more preferably 5,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 100,000.
  • the number average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 to 250,000, more preferably 2,500 to 150,000, and still more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
  • the concentration of the polymer of the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention can be appropriately changed by setting the thickness of the coating film to be formed, but it is 1 mass from the point of forming a uniform and defect-free coating film. % From the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution, and preferably 10% by mass or less. A particularly preferred polymer concentration is 2 to 8% by mass.
  • the organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the polymer component is uniformly dissolved.
  • Specific examples thereof include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, Examples include 2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and the like.
  • the organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent uses a mixed solvent that is used in combination with a solvent that improves the coating properties and the surface smoothness of the coating film when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied in addition to the above-described solvents.
  • a mixed solvent is also preferably used in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention. Specific examples of the organic solvent to be used in combination are given below, but the organic solvent is not limited to these examples.
  • ethanol isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, tert-pentyl alcohol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, 1-heptanol 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 2,6- Zimechi -4-heptanol, 1,2-ethanedi
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D-3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • preferred solvent combinations include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • propylene glycol monobutyl ether N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ⁇ -butyrolactone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and diisopropyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyro Examples thereof include lidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether.
  • the kind and content of such a solvent are appropriately selected according to the application device, application conditions, application environment, and the like of the liquid crystal aligning agent
  • additives may be added to the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention in order to increase the mechanical strength of the film.
  • additives are preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. If the amount is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the effect cannot be expected. If the amount exceeds 30 parts by mass, the orientation of the liquid crystal is lowered.
  • the purpose is to change the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the polymer other than the polymer and the liquid crystal aligning film as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • an imidization accelerator for the purpose of efficiently imidizing the polyamic acid may be added.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is a film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate, drying and baking.
  • the substrate on which the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is applied is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, and a glass substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, an acrylic substrate, a polycarbonate substrate such as a polycarbonate substrate, or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of simplification of the process, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO electrode or the like is formed.
  • an opaque material such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as only one substrate is used. In this case, a material that reflects light, such as aluminum, can also be used.
  • Examples of the method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention include a spin coating method, a printing method, and an ink jet method.
  • Arbitrary temperature and time can be selected for the drying and baking steps after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention.
  • drying is performed at 50 ° C. to 120 ° C. for 1 minute to 10 minutes, and then baking is performed at 150 ° C. to 300 ° C. for 5 minutes to 120 minutes.
  • the thickness of the coating film after baking is not particularly limited, but if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered, and therefore it is 5 to 300 nm, preferably 10 to 200 nm.
  • Examples of a method for aligning the obtained liquid crystal alignment film include a rubbing method and a photo-alignment processing method.
  • the rubbing process can be performed using an existing rubbing apparatus.
  • Examples of the material of the rubbing cloth at this time include cotton, nylon, and rayon.
  • As the conditions for rubbing treatment generally, conditions of a rotational speed of 300 to 2000 rpm, a feed speed of 5 to 100 mm / s, and an indentation amount of 0.1 to 1.0 mm are used. Thereafter, the residue generated by rubbing is removed by ultrasonic cleaning using pure water or alcohol.
  • the photo-alignment treatment method there is a method of imparting liquid crystal alignment ability by irradiating the coating film surface with radiation deflected in a certain direction, and further subjecting to a temperature of 150 to 250 ° C. in some cases.
  • the radiation ultraviolet rays and visible rays having a wavelength of 100 nm to 800 nm can be used. Among these, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 100 nm to 400 nm are preferable, and those having a wavelength of 200 nm to 400 nm are particularly preferable.
  • radiation may be irradiated while heating the coated substrate at 50 to 250 ° C. Dose of the radiation is preferably 1 ⁇ 10,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ⁇ 5,000mJ / cm 2.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film produced as described above can stably align liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction.
  • a higher extinction ratio of polarized ultraviolet light is preferable because higher anisotropy can be imparted.
  • the extinction ratio of linearly polarized ultraviolet light is preferably 10: 1 or more, and more preferably 20: 1 or more.
  • the film irradiated with polarized radiation may be contact-treated with a solvent containing at least one selected from water and an organic solvent.
  • the solvent used for the contact treatment is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves decomposition products generated by light irradiation.
  • Specific examples include water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol acetate, butyl cellosolve, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, diacetone alcohol, 3- Examples include methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, and cyclohexyl acetate. Two or more of these solvents may be used in combination.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of water, 2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and ethyl lactate is more preferable.
  • Water, 2-propanol, and a mixed solvent of water and 2-propanol are particularly preferable.
  • the contact treatment between the film irradiated with polarized radiation and the solution containing the organic solvent is a treatment such that the film and the liquid are preferably sufficiently in contact with each other, such as immersion treatment or spraying treatment.
  • a method of immersing the film in a solution containing an organic solvent preferably 10 seconds to 1 hour, more preferably 1 to 30 minutes is preferable.
  • the contact treatment may be performed at normal temperature or preferably at 10 to 80 ° C., more preferably 20 to 50 ° C.
  • a means for enhancing contact such as ultrasonic waves can be applied as necessary.
  • rinsing with a low boiling point solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or drying, or both May be done.
  • a low boiling point solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or drying, or both May be done.
  • the film subjected to the contact treatment with the solvent as described above may be heated at 150 ° C. or more for the purpose of drying the solvent and reorienting the molecular chain in the film.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 150 to 300 ° C. A higher temperature promotes reorientation of molecular chains. However, if the temperature is too high, molecular chains may be decomposed. Therefore, the heating temperature is more preferably 180 to 250 ° C., and particularly preferably 200 to 230 ° C.
  • the heating time is too short, the effect of reorientation of the molecular chain may not be obtained, and if it is too long, the molecular chain may be decomposed, and is preferably 10 seconds to 30 minutes. More preferred is ⁇ 10 minutes.
  • the obtained liquid crystal alignment film can be easily dissolved in the rework material and becomes a film excellent in reworkability.
  • Solvents used for reworking include: glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether; methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl Glycol esters such as cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol propyl ether acetate; glycols such as diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol and hexylene glycol; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and butanol; Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclope Ketones such as tanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone; methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, eth
  • a material containing a basic component such as ethanolamine in the solvent and a rust inhibitor so that the alkalinity does not damage other members such as an electrode is preferable.
  • manufacturers that provide such rework materials include Korea's Aimei Sangyo Co., Ltd. and KPX Chemical.
  • the above-mentioned reworking material is heated at room temperature or 30 ° C. to 100 ° C., and then the substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film is immersed in it for 1 second to 1000 seconds, preferably 30 seconds to 500 seconds, or After the rework material is sprayed by a shower method, the liquid is removed, and the rework material is washed with an alcohol solvent or pure water.
  • the temperature of the rework liquid at the time of reworking is preferably lower from the viewpoint of work efficiency and the like, and is usually room temperature to 60 ° C, more preferably room temperature to 40 ° C.
  • liquid crystal display element of the present invention after obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention by the method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal cell is produced by a known method, and a liquid crystal cell is used. This is a display element.
  • a liquid crystal display element having a passive matrix structure As an example of a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell, a liquid crystal display element having a passive matrix structure will be described as an example. Note that an active matrix liquid crystal display element in which a switching element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) is provided in each pixel portion constituting the image display may be used.
  • a switching element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) is provided in each pixel portion constituting the image display may be used.
  • a transparent glass substrate is prepared, a common electrode is provided on one substrate, and a segment electrode is provided on the other substrate.
  • These electrodes can be ITO electrodes, for example, and are patterned so as to display a desired image.
  • an insulating film is provided on each substrate so as to cover the common electrode and the segment electrode.
  • the insulating film can be, for example, a film made of SiO 2 —TiO 2 formed by a sol-gel method.
  • liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is formed on each substrate by the above method.
  • one substrate is overlapped with the other substrate so that the alignment film surfaces face each other, and the periphery is bonded with a sealant.
  • a spacer is usually mixed in the sealant. Further, it is preferable that spacers for controlling the gap between the substrates are also sprayed on the in-plane portion where no sealant is provided. A part of the sealant is provided with an opening that can be filled with liquid crystal from the outside.
  • a liquid crystal material is injected into the space surrounded by the two substrates and the sealing agent through the opening provided in the sealing agent. Thereafter, the opening is sealed with an adhesive.
  • a vacuum injection method may be used, or a method utilizing capillary action in the atmosphere may be used.
  • a polarizing plate is installed. Specifically, a pair of polarizing plates is attached to the surfaces of the two substrates opposite to the liquid crystal layer.
  • the sealing agent for example, a resin that is cured by ultraviolet irradiation or heating having a reactive group such as an epoxy group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydroxyl group, an allyl group, or an acetyl group is used.
  • a cured resin system having reactive groups of both an epoxy group and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • an inorganic filler may be blended for the purpose of improving adhesiveness and moisture resistance.
  • the inorganic filler that can be used is not particularly limited. Specifically, spherical silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, titanium oxide, titanium black, silicon carbide, silicon nitride, boron nitride, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium sulfate, Calcium sulfate, mica, talc, clay, alumina, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, lithium aluminum silicate, zirconium silicate, barium titanate, glass fiber, carbon fiber, molybdenum disulfide, asbestos, etc.
  • Two or more of the above inorganic fillers may be mixed and used.
  • this liquid crystal display element uses the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention as the liquid crystal alignment film, it has excellent reworkability and has a large screen and a high-definition liquid crystal television. It can be suitably used for such as.
  • the following describes the methods for measuring viscosity, measuring imidization rate, evaluating reworkability, preparing liquid crystal cells, and evaluating charge relaxation characteristics.
  • the imidation rate is determined by determining a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidation as a reference proton, and the peak integrated value of this proton and the proton peak derived from the NH group of amic acid that appears near 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. Using the integrated value, the following formula was used.
  • Imidization rate (%) (1 ⁇ ⁇ x / y) ⁇ 100
  • x is a proton peak integrated value derived from NH group of amic acid
  • y is a peak integrated value of reference proton
  • is one NH group proton of amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%) Is the number ratio of the reference proton to.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention was applied to a Cr substrate by spin coating. After drying on a hot plate at 60 ° C. for 1 minute and 30 seconds, baking was performed in a hot air circulation oven at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 100 nm. Thereafter, the substrate prepared in the rework material heated to 55 ° C. was immersed for 300 seconds and developed, and then washed with running ultrapure water for 20 seconds. After that, air blow was performed, and the case where the liquid crystal alignment film completely disappeared was marked with “ ⁇ ”, and the remaining film was marked with “X”. The obtained results are shown in Table 3.
  • a liquid crystal cell having a configuration of a fringe field switching (hereinafter referred to as FFS) mode liquid crystal display element is manufactured.
  • the substrate is a glass substrate having a size of 30 mm ⁇ 50 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm.
  • an ITO electrode having a solid pattern constituting a counter electrode as a first layer is formed on the substrate.
  • a SiN (silicon nitride) film formed by the CVD method is formed as the second layer.
  • the second layer SiN film has a thickness of 500 nm and functions as an interlayer insulating film.
  • a comb-like pixel electrode formed by patterning an ITO film as the third layer is arranged to form two pixels, a first pixel and a second pixel. ing.
  • the size of each pixel is 10 mm long and about 5 mm wide.
  • the first-layer counter electrode and the third-layer pixel electrode are electrically insulated by the action of the second-layer SiN film.
  • the pixel electrode of the third layer has a comb-like shape configured by arranging a plurality of electrode elements having a dogleg shape whose central portion is bent.
  • the width in the short direction of each electrode element is 3 ⁇ m, and the distance between the electrode elements is 6 ⁇ m. Since the pixel electrode forming each pixel is formed by arranging a plurality of bent-shaped electrode elements in the central portion, the shape of each pixel is not rectangular, but in the central portion like the electrode elements. It has a shape that bends and resembles a bold-faced koji.
  • Each pixel is divided into upper and lower portions with a central bent portion as a boundary, and has a first region on the upper side of the bent portion and a second region on the lower side.
  • the formation directions of the electrode elements of the pixel electrodes constituting them are different. That is, when the rubbing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film described later is used as a reference, the electrode element of the pixel electrode is formed to form an angle of + 10 ° (clockwise) in the first region of the pixel, and the pixel in the second region of the pixel.
  • the electrode elements of the electrode are formed so as to form an angle of ⁇ 10 ° (clockwise). That is, in the first region and the second region of each pixel, the directions of the rotation operation (in-plane switching) of the liquid crystal induced by the voltage application between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode are mutually in the substrate plane. It is comprised so that it may become a reverse direction.
  • the prepared substrate with electrodes and a glass substrate having a columnar spacer with a height of 4 ⁇ m on which an ITO film is formed on the back surface It applied by spin coat application.
  • This coating surface was subjected to alignment treatment such as rubbing and polarized ultraviolet irradiation to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the two substrates are combined as a set, a sealant is printed on the substrate, and the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces and the alignment direction is 0 °, and then the sealant is added.
  • An empty cell was produced by curing.
  • Liquid crystal MLC-2041 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.
  • the transmittance (Tc) is measured, and the difference in transmittance caused by the voltage remaining in the liquid crystal display element from the difference ( ⁇ T) between the transmittance (Tb, Tc) at each time and the initial transmittance (Ta). was calculated. It is considered that the seizure hardly occurs as the remaining voltage is relaxed earlier.
  • (Tb-Ta) is 5 minutes after the start of DC voltage application, 2% or less is marked as ⁇ , when x is above, and when (Tc-Ta) is cut off the DC voltage, 2% or less is marked as ⁇ , and above is marked as x.
  • Table 3 The obtained results are shown in Table 3.
  • the imidation ratio of this polyimide powder was 75%.
  • 20.4 g of this polyimide powder was taken, 150 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved at 50 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyimide solution (SPI-1). .
  • NMP solution containing 7.00 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-1) obtained above, 10.40 g of (PAA-6), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) was added.
  • Examples 1 to 3 In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, 7.00 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-1) obtained in (Comparative Example 3) and the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7 ⁇ ) obtained in (Polymerization Examples 5-7) were added. 9.40 g of NMP was taken, 2.40 g of NMP solution containing 1 wt% of (AD-1), 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2), and 7. 48 g and 12.00 g of BCS were added and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours to obtain liquid crystal aligning agents (B-1 to 3) as shown in Table 1.
  • Example 7 In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stirring bar, NMP containing 6.00 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in the comparative synthesis example, 11.20 g of (PAA-1), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) 2.40 g of the solution and 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2) were separated, 7.68 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours with a magnetic stirrer. An aligning agent (B-7) was obtained.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention reduces charge accumulation due to AC drive asymmetry in an IPS drive type or FFS drive type liquid crystal display element, and quickly relaxes the residual charge accumulated by a DC voltage. Therefore, an IPS drive type or FFS drive type liquid crystal display element having excellent afterimage characteristics can be obtained. Therefore, it is particularly useful as a liquid crystal alignment film of an IPS driving type or FFS driving type liquid crystal display element or a liquid crystal television.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

This liquid crystal aligning agent is characterized by containing: (A) at least one polymer selected from a polyamic acid and an imidized polymer thereof, said polyamic acid obtained using a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride component, which contains tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by expression (1) and aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride in a ratio of 10:90 to 90:10, and a diamine component, which contains a diamine represented in expression (2); (B) at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, an imidized polymer of said polyimide precursor, and a photosensitive side-chain acrylic polymer which exhibits liquid crystallinity within a prescribed temperature range; and an organic solvent.

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
 本発明は、液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、及びそれを用いた液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent used for a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element using the same.
 従来から液晶装置は、パーソナルコンピュータや携帯電話、テレビジョン受像機等の表示部として幅広く用いられている。液晶装置は、例えば、素子基板とカラーフィルタ基板との間に挟持された液晶層、液晶層に電界を印加する画素電極及び共通電極、液晶層の液晶分子の配向性を制御する配向膜、画素電極に供給される電気信号をスイッチングする薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)等を備えている。液晶分子の駆動方式としては、TN方式、VA方式等の縦電界方式や、IPS方式、フリンジフィールドスイッチング(以下、FFS)方式等の横電界方式が知られている(例えば、特許文献1)。 Conventionally, liquid crystal devices have been widely used as display units for personal computers, mobile phones, television receivers, and the like. The liquid crystal device includes, for example, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between an element substrate and a color filter substrate, a pixel electrode and a common electrode that apply an electric field to the liquid crystal layer, an alignment film that controls the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer, and a pixel A thin film transistor (TFT) for switching an electric signal supplied to the electrode is provided. As a driving method of liquid crystal molecules, a vertical electric field method such as a TN method and a VA method, and a horizontal electric field method such as an IPS method and a fringe field switching (hereinafter referred to as FFS) method are known (for example, Patent Document 1).
 一方、近年では液晶表示素子や有機EL素子は生産工程での経済性も非常に重要であることから、素子基板の再生利用が求められている。すなわち、液晶配向剤から液晶配向膜を形成後、配向性等の検査を行い欠陥が生じていた場合、基板から液晶配向膜を除去し、基板を回収するリワーク工程が簡便に実施できることが求められている。しかしながら従来提案された液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜は、むしろポストベーク後に有機溶剤等に不溶化させ、膜減りを減少させることを目的とするものであった。また、これまでにリワーク性が検討されてきた液晶配向剤の構成を、そのまま横電界用液晶配向剤の構成に適用しても、必ずしも所期の目的が達成されるものとはいえず、液晶配向剤において改めてリワーク性の良否を実際に評価し、最適な組成物構成を再検討する必要があった。 On the other hand, in recent years, liquid crystal display elements and organic EL elements are very important in terms of economical efficiency in the production process, and therefore, recycling of element substrates is required. That is, after a liquid crystal alignment film is formed from a liquid crystal alignment agent, if defects such as alignment are inspected, a rework process for removing the liquid crystal alignment film from the substrate and recovering the substrate is required to be easily performed. ing. However, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the conventionally proposed liquid crystal aligning agent is rather intended to be insolubilized in an organic solvent or the like after post-baking to reduce film loss. Moreover, even if the configuration of the liquid crystal aligning agent that has been studied for reworking so far is applied as it is to the configuration of the liquid crystal aligning agent for horizontal electric fields, the intended purpose is not necessarily achieved. It was necessary to re-evaluate the quality of the reworkability in the aligning agent and re-examine the optimum composition.
 また、液晶表示素子は、表示デバイスとして現在広く使用されている。液晶表示素子の構成部材である液晶配向膜は、液晶を均一に並べるための膜であるが、液晶の配向均一性だけでなく種々の特性が必要とされる。例えば、液晶配向膜の作製工程においては、布で高分子膜の表面を擦るラビングという配向処理を行うのが一般的である。しかし、液晶配向膜のラビング耐性が不十分であると、膜が削れて傷や粉塵を発生させたり、膜そのものが剥離したりして、液晶表示素子の表示品位を低下させてしまう。また、液晶表示素子は液晶に電圧をかけて駆動させている。このため、液晶配向膜の電圧保持率(VHR)が低いと液晶に十分な電圧がかからず、表示のコントラストが低下してしまう。また、液晶を駆動させる電圧によって液晶配向膜に電荷が蓄積したり、蓄積した電荷が抜けるのに時間が掛かると、残像や表示の焼き付きといった現象が発生してしまう。 Also, liquid crystal display elements are currently widely used as display devices. A liquid crystal alignment film, which is a constituent member of a liquid crystal display element, is a film for uniformly arranging liquid crystals. However, not only the alignment uniformity of liquid crystals but also various characteristics are required. For example, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal alignment film, an alignment process called rubbing is generally performed by rubbing the surface of the polymer film with a cloth. However, if the rubbing resistance of the liquid crystal alignment film is insufficient, the film is scraped to generate scratches and dust, or the film itself is peeled off, thereby degrading the display quality of the liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display element is driven by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal. For this reason, when the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal alignment film is low, a sufficient voltage is not applied to the liquid crystal, and the display contrast is lowered. In addition, when charge is accumulated in the liquid crystal alignment film due to the voltage for driving the liquid crystal and it takes time for the accumulated charge to be removed, a phenomenon such as afterimage or display burn-in occurs.
 上記のような要求特性のいくつかを同時に満たすものとしては、種々の提案がなされている。例えば、ラビング耐性に優れ、かつ残像や焼き付きが少ない液晶配向膜を得る方法として特許文献2のような提案がなされている。また、液晶配向性、配向規制力、ラビング耐性に優れ、電圧保持率が高く、なおかつ電荷蓄積を低減した、液晶配向膜を得る方法として特許文献3のような提案がなされている。 Various proposals have been made for satisfying some of the above required characteristics at the same time. For example, Patent Document 2 proposes a method for obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film that is excellent in rubbing resistance and has little afterimage and image sticking. Further, Patent Document 3 proposes a method for obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment properties, alignment regulating power, and rubbing resistance, a high voltage holding ratio, and reduced charge accumulation.
特開2013-167782号公報JP 2013-167782 A 国際公開第WO02/33481号パンフレットInternational Publication No. WO02 / 33481 Pamphlet 国際公開第WO2004/053583号パンフレットInternational Publication No. WO2004 / 053583 Pamphlet
 本発明は、液晶配向膜に必要な各種特性を満たすとともに、リワーク性にも優れた液晶配向膜が得られる液晶配向剤を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal aligning agent that can provide a liquid crystal aligning film that satisfies various properties required for the liquid crystal aligning film and is excellent in reworkability.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するために鋭意検討を行った結果、特定の芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを含むテトラカルボン酸と特定構造を有するジアミンから得られるポリアミック酸及びポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体を用いることにより、液晶配向膜に必要な各種特性を満たすとともに、リワーク性にも優れた液晶配向膜が得られることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。 As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have a specific structure with a tetracarboxylic acid containing a specific aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. It has been found that by using a polyamic acid obtained from diamine and an imidized polymer of polyamic acid, a liquid crystal alignment film satisfying various properties necessary for the liquid crystal alignment film and having excellent reworkability can be obtained. Completed.
 かくして、本発明は、上記の知見に基づくものであり、下記の要旨を有する。
 1.(A)下記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを10:90乃至90:10の比率で含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分と下記式(2)で表されるジアミンを含むジアミン成分とを用いて得られるポリアミック酸及び該ポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、
(B)ポリイミド前駆体、該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化重合体及び所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、及び有機溶媒を含有することを特徴とする液晶配向剤。
Thus, the present invention is based on the above findings and has the following gist.
1. (A) A tetracarboxylic dianhydride component containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (1) and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride in a ratio of 10:90 to 90:10, and the following formula At least one polymer selected from a polyamic acid obtained using a diamine component containing a diamine represented by (2) and an imidized polymer of the polyamic acid,
(B) at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, an imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor, and a photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range; and A liquid crystal aligning agent comprising an organic solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 (式(1)において、iは0又は1であり、Xは単結合、エーテル結合、カルボニル、エステル結合、フェニレン、炭素原子数1乃至20の直鎖アルキレン、炭素原子数2乃至20の分岐アルキレン、炭素原子数3乃至12の環状アルキレン、スルホニル、アミド結合またはそれらの組みあわせからなる基であり、ここで、炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレンは、エステル結合及びエーテル結合から選ばれる結合によって中断されていてもよく、フェニレン及びアルキレンの炭素原子はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びハロアルコキシ基から選ばれる1又は複数の同一または相異なる置換基で置換されていてもよい。 (In Formula (1), i is 0 or 1, X is a single bond, an ether bond, a carbonyl, an ester bond, phenylene, a linear alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. , A group consisting of a cyclic alkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a sulfonyl, an amide bond, or a combination thereof, wherein the alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is interrupted by a bond selected from an ester bond and an ether bond The carbon atoms of phenylene and alkylene may be substituted with one or more identical or different substituents selected from halogen atoms, cyano groups, alkyl groups, haloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups and haloalkoxy groups. Good.
 式(2)において、Yはアミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有する2価の有機基であり、B、Bはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基である。) In Formula (2), Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group. )
 2.前記(A)成分のテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分中の10~100モル%が前記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とであることを特徴とする、1に記載の液晶配向剤。 2. 10 to 100 mol% of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component of the component (A) is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1). 2. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to 1, which is characterized.
 3.前記(A)成分のジアミン成分中の10~100モル%が、式(2)のジアミンであることを特徴とする、1又は2に記載の液晶配向剤。 3. 3. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to 1 or 2, wherein 10 to 100 mol% in the diamine component of the component (A) is a diamine of the formula (2).
 4.式(2)中のYが、下記式(YD-1)~(YD-5)の構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である、1から3のいずれか1つに記載の液晶配向剤。 4). 4. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of 1 to 3, wherein Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from structures of the following formulas (YD-1) to (YD-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 (式(YD-1)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Zは、水素原子、又は置換基を有してよい素数1~20の炭化水素基である。式(YD-2)において、Wは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、Aは窒素原子含有複素環を有する炭素数3~15の1価の有機基、又は炭素数1から6の脂肪族基で置換されたジ置換アミノ基である。式(YD-3)において、Wは炭素数6~15で、且つベンゼン環を1から2個有する2価の有機基であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレン又はビフェニレンであり、Zは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はベンゼン環であり、aは0~1の整数である。式(YD-4)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環である。式(YD-5)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレンである。) (In the formula (YD-1), A 1 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and Z 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 prime groups which may have a substituent. In the formula (YD-2), W 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and A 2 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring, or carbon A disubstituted amino group substituted with an aliphatic group having a number of 1 to 6. In the formula (YD-3), W 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 benzene rings. W 3 is an alkylene or biphenylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, Z 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a benzene ring, and a is an integer of 0 to 1. in the formula (YD-4), a 3 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. formula (YD- In), A 4 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, W 5 is alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.)
 5.式(YD-1)、(YD-2)、(YD-4)、及び(YD-5)に記載のA、A、A、及びAが、ピロリジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、ピリジン、ピラジン、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、キノリン、イソキノリンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である、4に記載の液晶配向剤。 5). A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 described in formulas (YD-1), (YD-2), (YD-4), and (YD-5) are pyrrolidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, 5. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to 4, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of oxazole, thiazole, piperidine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, indole, benzimidazole, quinoline, and isoquinoline.
 6.式(2)におけるYが、下記式(YD-6)~(YD-21)の構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である、1から5のいずれか1つに記載の液晶配向剤。 6). Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structures of the following formulas (YD-6) to (YD-21), and any one of 1 to 5 Liquid crystal aligning agent as described in one.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 (式(YD-17)中、hは1~3の整数であり、式(YD-14)及び(YD-21)中、jは1から3の整数である。) (In formula (YD-17), h is an integer of 1 to 3, and in formulas (YD-14) and (YD-21), j is an integer of 1 to 3).
 7.式(2)におけるYが、上記式(YD-14)及び(YD-18)の構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類であることを特徴とする、6に記載の液晶配向剤。 7). Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structure of the above formulas (YD-14) and (YD-18), The liquid crystal aligning agent of description.
 8.前記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物が3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物である1から7のいずれか1つに記載の液晶配向剤。 8. 8. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of 1 to 7, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) is 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 9.前記脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物がビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸2,4:6,8二無水物である1から8のいずれか1つに記載の液晶配向剤。 9. Any one of 1 to 8 wherein the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is bicyclo [3.3.0] octane 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid 2,4: 6,8 dianhydride Liquid crystal aligning agent as described in.
 10.1から9のいずれか1つに記載の液晶配向剤を塗布、焼成して得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying and baking the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of 10.1 to 9.
 11.10に記載の液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 Liquid crystal display element which comprises the liquid crystal aligning film of 11.10.
 本発明の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜は、交流駆動の非対称化による電荷蓄積を抑制することができるとともに、リワーク性に優れる。 The liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can suppress charge accumulation due to asymmetry of AC driving and is excellent in reworkability.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、(A)下記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを10:90乃至90:10の比率で含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分と下記式(2)で表されるジアミンを含むジアミン成分とを用いて得られるポリアミック酸及び該ポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、(B)ポリイミド前駆体、該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化重合体及び所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、及び有機溶媒を含有することを特徴とする。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention comprises (A) a tetracarboxylic acid containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (1) in a ratio of 10:90 to 90:10. At least one polymer selected from a polyamic acid obtained by using an acid dianhydride component and a diamine component containing a diamine represented by the following formula (2) and an imidized polymer of the polyamic acid, (B) At least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, an imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor, and a photosensitive side-chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, and an organic solvent It is characterized by containing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(1)において、iは0又は1であり、Xは単結合、エーテル結合、カルボニル、エステル結合、フェニレン、炭素原子数1乃至20の直鎖アルキレン、炭素原子数2乃至20の分岐アルキレン、炭素原子数3乃至12の環状アルキレン、スルホニル、アミド結合またはそれらの組みあわせからなる基であり、ここで、炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレンは、エステル結合及びエーテル結合から選ばれる結合によって中断されていてもよく、フェニレン及びアルキレンの炭素原子はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びハロアルコキシ基から選ばれる1又は複数の同一または相異なる置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 式(2)において、Yはアミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有する2価の有機基であり、B~Bはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基である。
In the formula (1), i is 0 or 1, X is a single bond, an ether bond, a carbonyl, an ester bond, phenylene, a linear alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A group comprising a cyclic alkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a sulfonyl, an amide bond or a combination thereof, wherein the alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is interrupted by a bond selected from an ester bond and an ether bond. The carbon atoms of phenylene and alkylene may be substituted with one or more identical or different substituents selected from halogen atoms, cyano groups, alkyl groups, haloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups and haloalkoxy groups. .
In Formula (2), Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.
 以下、各構成要件について詳述する。 Hereafter, each component requirement will be described in detail.
<(A)成分>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に用いられる(A)成分は上記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを10:90乃至90:10の比率で含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分と上記式(2)で表されるジアミンを含むジアミン成分とを用いて得られるポリアミック酸及び該ポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体である。
<(A) component>
(A) component used for the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is tetracarboxylic dianhydride and aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the said Formula (1) by the ratio of 10:90 to 90:10. A polyamic acid obtained by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component containing the diamine represented by the above formula (2), and at least one polymer selected from an imidized polymer of the polyamic acid. is there.
<テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分>
 上記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、次のような化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
<Tetracarboxylic dianhydride component>
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (1) include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (式中、qは1乃至20の整数を表す。)  (Where q represents an integer from 1 to 20)
 これら式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物のうち、リワーク性向上効果が高いという点で、式(1)においてiが1であるテトラカルボン酸二無水物、すなわち、2個以上のベンゼン環を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物が好ましく、上記具体例の中では(1-2)~(1-11)が好ましく、ビフェニル構造を含有すると共に剛直な構造を有するという点から、式(1-5)で表される3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物が特に好ましい。 Of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the formula (1), a tetracarboxylic dianhydride in which i is 1 in the formula (1), that is, two or more in terms of high reworkability improvement effect. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a benzene ring is preferably (1-2) to (1-11) in the above specific examples, and contains a biphenyl structure and has a rigid structure. 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by (1-5) is particularly preferred.
 本発明で用いられる特定脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、下記式(3)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。 Examples of the specific aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the present invention include tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the following formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 式中、Xとしては下記(X-1)~(X-28)の何れかである。

In the formula, X 1 is any one of the following (X-1) to (X-28).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(X-1)において、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又はフェニル基であり、水素原子、又はメチル基がより好ましい。 In the formula (X-1), R 3 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記のうち、(X-1)から(X-20)が芳香族部位を含まないという点から好ましく、(X-10)が特に熱イミド化しにくいという点から最も好ましい。 Among the above, (X-1) to (X-20) are preferable from the viewpoint that they do not contain an aromatic moiety, and (X-10) is most preferable from the viewpoint that thermal imidization is particularly difficult.
 本発明の(A)成分の製造に用いられるテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分全体に占める式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族酸二無水物との合計量は、少なすぎると、本発明の効果が得られない。よって、式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族酸二無水物と合計量は、全テトラカルボン酸二無水物1モルに対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは、50~100モル%、さらに好ましくは、80~100モル%である。 The total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) in the entire tetracarboxylic dianhydride component used for the production of the component (A) of the present invention is small. If it is too much, the effect of the present invention cannot be obtained. Therefore, the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) is preferably 10 to 100 mol% with respect to 1 mol of the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride, Preferably, it is 50 to 100 mol%, more preferably 80 to 100 mol%.
 式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族酸二無水物との含有比率は10:90乃至90:10となる割合であるが、好ましくは20:80乃至80:20であり、さらに好ましくは40:60乃至60:40となる割合であり、特に好ましくは46:54乃至54:46であり、実質的に当量であるのが最も好ましい。 The content ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) and the aliphatic dianhydride is 10:90 to 90:10, preferably 20:80 to 80:20. More preferably, the ratio is 40:60 to 60:40, particularly preferably 46:54 to 54:46, and most preferably substantially equivalent.
 式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物及び脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、それぞれ、単独で用いても、複数を併用してもよいが、その場合も、式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物及び脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、合計として上記の好ましい量を用いることが好ましい。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) may be used alone or in combination, respectively, but in that case, the formula (1) The total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula is preferably used.
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有されるポリアミック酸は、式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物以外に、下記式(4)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物を用いてもよい。 The polyamic acid contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention includes a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1), as well as a tetra represented by the following formula (4). Carboxylic dianhydrides may be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(4)において、Xは4価の有機基であり、その構造は特に限定されない。具体的例を挙げるならば、下記式(X-31)~(X-36)の構造が挙げられる。 In the formula (4), X is a tetravalent organic group, and its structure is not particularly limited. Specific examples include structures of the following formulas (X-31) to (X-36).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
<ジアミン成分>
 本発明の液晶配向剤の製造に用いられるジアミン成分は、上記式(2)のジアミンを含有する。式(2)において、Yはアミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有する2価の有機基であり、B~Bはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基である。
<Diamine component>
The diamine component used for the production of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains the diamine of the above formula (2). In Formula (2), Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.
 上記アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、t-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。アルケニル基としては、上記のアルキル基に存在する1つ以上のCH-CH構造を、C=C構造に置き換えたものが挙げられ、より具体的には、ビニル基、アリル基、1-プロペニル基、イソプロペニル基、2-ブテニル基、1,3-ブタジエニル基、2-ペンテニル基、2-ヘキセニル基、シクロプロペニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基などが挙げられる。アルキニル基としては、前記のアルキル基に存在する1つ以上のCH-CH構造をC≡C構造に置き換えたものが挙げられ、より具体的には、エチニル基、1-プロピニル基、2-プロピニル基などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the alkenyl group include those obtained by replacing one or more CH—CH structures present in the above alkyl group with C═C structures, and more specifically, vinyl groups, allyl groups, 1-propenyl groups. And isopropenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, 2-pentenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, cyclopropenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Alkynyl groups include those in which one or more CH 2 —CH 2 structures present in the alkyl group are replaced with C≡C structures, and more specifically, ethynyl groups, 1-propynyl groups, 2 -Propynyl group and the like.
 上記のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基は、全体として炭素数が1~10であれば置換基を有していてもよく、更には置換基によって環構造を形成してもよい。なお、置換基によって環構造を形成するとは、置換基同士又は置換基と母骨格の一部とが結合して環構造となることを意味する。 The above alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group may have a substituent as long as it has 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a whole, and may further form a ring structure by the substituent. Note that forming a ring structure with a substituent means that the substituents or a substituent and a part of the mother skeleton are bonded to form a ring structure.
 この置換基の例としてはハロゲン基、水酸基、チオール基、ニトロ基、アリール基、オルガノオキシ基、オルガノチオ基、オルガノシリル基、アシル基、エステル基、チオエステル基、リン酸エステル基、アミド基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基を挙げることができる。 Examples of such substituents are halogen groups, hydroxyl groups, thiol groups, nitro groups, aryl groups, organooxy groups, organothio groups, organosilyl groups, acyl groups, ester groups, thioester groups, phosphate ester groups, amide groups, alkyls. A group, an alkenyl group and an alkynyl group.
 置換基であるハロゲン基としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen group as a substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 置換基であるアリール基としては、フェニル基が挙げられる。このアリール基には前述した他の置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the aryl group that is a substituent include a phenyl group. This aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
 置換基であるオルガノオキシ基としては、O-Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRは同一でも異なってもよく、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。アルキルオキシ基の具体例としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基などが挙げられる。 The organooxy group that is a substituent can have a structure represented by OR. The R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above. Specific examples of the alkyloxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propyloxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group and the like.
 置換基であるオルガノチオ基としては、-S-Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRとしては、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。アルキルチオ基の具体例としては、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、プロピルチオ基、ブチルチオ基、ペンチルチオ基、ヘキシルチオ基、ヘプチルチオ基、オクチルチオ基などが挙げられる。 As the organothio group which is a substituent, a structure represented by —S—R can be shown. Examples of R include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above. Specific examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, a heptylthio group, and an octylthio group.
 置換基であるオルガノシリル基としては、-Si-(R)で表される構造を示すことができる。このRは同一でも異なってもよく、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。アルキルシリル基の具体例としては、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、トリプロピルシリル基、トリブチルシリル基、トリペンチルシリル基、トリヘキシルシリル基、ペンチルジメチルシリル基、ヘキシルジメチルシリル基などが挙げられる。 The organosilyl group as a substituent can have a structure represented by —Si— (R) 3 . The R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above. Specific examples of the alkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tripropylsilyl group, a tributylsilyl group, a tripentylsilyl group, a trihexylsilyl group, a pentyldimethylsilyl group, and a hexyldimethylsilyl group.
 置換基であるアシル基としては、-C(O)-Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRとしては、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。アシル基の具体例としては、ホルミル基、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基、イソブチリル基、バレリル基、イソバレリル基、ベンゾイル基などが挙げられる。 The acyl group as a substituent can have a structure represented by —C (O) —R. Examples of R include the above-described alkyl group, alkenyl group, and aryl group. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above. Specific examples of the acyl group include formyl group, acetyl group, propionyl group, butyryl group, isobutyryl group, valeryl group, isovaleryl group, benzoyl group and the like.
 置換基であるエステル基としては、-C(O)O-R、又は-OC(O)-Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRとしては、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 As the ester group which is a substituent, a structure represented by —C (O) O—R or —OC (O) —R can be shown. Examples of R include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
 置換基であるチオエステル基としては、-C(S)O-R、又は-OC(S)-Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRとしては、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 As the thioester group which is a substituent, a structure represented by —C (S) OR— or —OC (S) —R can be shown. Examples of R include the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and the like. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
 置換基であるリン酸エステル基としては、-OP(O)-(OR)2で表される構造を示すことができる。このRは同一でも異なってもよく、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 The phosphate group which is a substituent can have a structure represented by —OP (O) — (OR) 2 . The R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
 置換基であるアミド基としては、-C(O)NH、又は、-C(O)NHR、-NHC(O)R、-C(O)N(R)、-NRC(O)Rで表される構造を示すことができる。このRは同一でも異なってもよく、前述したアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などを例示することができる。これらのRには前述した置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the substituent amide group include —C (O) NH 2 , —C (O) NHR, —NHC (O) R, —C (O) N (R) 2 , —NRC (O) R. The structure represented by can be shown. The R may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group described above. These Rs may be further substituted with the substituent described above.
 置換基であるアリール基としては、前述したアリール基と同じものを挙げることができる。このアリール基には前述した他の置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the aryl group as a substituent include the same aryl groups as described above. This aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
 置換基であるアルキル基としては、前述したアルキル基と同じものを挙げることができる。このアルキル基には前述した他の置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the substituent alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as described above. This alkyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
 置換基であるアルケニル基としては、前述したアルケニル基と同じものを挙げることができる。このアルケニル基には前述した他の置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the alkenyl group as a substituent include the same alkenyl groups as described above. This alkenyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
 置換基であるアルキニル基としては、前述したアルキニル基と同じものを挙げることができる。このアルキニル基には前述した他の置換基がさらに置換していてもよい。 Examples of the alkynyl group as the substituent include the same alkynyl group as described above. This alkynyl group may be further substituted with the other substituent described above.
 一般に、嵩高い構造を導入すると、アミノ基の反応性や液晶配向性を低下させる可能性があるため、B及びBとしては、水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~5のアルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基又はエチル基が特に好ましい。 In general, when a bulky structure is introduced, the reactivity of the amino group and the liquid crystal alignment may be lowered. Therefore, as B 1 and B 2 , a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom that may have a substituent is 1 An alkyl group of 1 to 5 is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is particularly preferable.
 式(2)におけるYの構造としては、アミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有していれば、その構造は特に限定されるものではない。あえて、その具体例を挙げるとするならば、下記式(YD-1)~(YD-5)で表されるアミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有する2価の有機基が挙げられる。 The structure of Y 1 in the formula (2) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Absent. If specific examples are given, at least one kind selected from the group consisting of an amino group represented by the following formulas (YD-1) to (YD-5), an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may be used. Examples thereof include a divalent organic group having a structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(YD-1)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Zは、水素原子、又は置換基を有してよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基である。 In formula (YD-1), A 1 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and Z 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. is there.
 式(YD-2)において、Wは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、Aは窒素原子含有複素環を有する炭素数3~15の1価の有機基、又は炭素数1から6の脂肪族基で置換されたジ置換アミノ基である。 In the formula (YD-2), W 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A 2 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring, or 1 carbon atom To a di-substituted amino group substituted with an aliphatic group of 1 to 6.
 式(YD-3)において、Wは炭素数6~15で、且つベンゼン環を1から2個有する2価の有機基であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレン又はビフェニレンであり、Zは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はベンゼン環であり、aは0~1の整数である。 In the formula (YD-3), W 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 benzene rings, W 3 is alkylene or biphenylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, Z 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a benzene ring, and a is an integer of 0 to 1.
 式(YD-4)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環である。 In the formula (YD-4), A 3 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
 式(YD-5)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレンである。 In the formula (YD-5), A 4 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and W 5 is an alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 式(YD-1)、(YD-2)、(YD-4)、及び(YD-5)のA、A、A、及びAの炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環としては、公知の構造であれば、特に限定されるものではない。中でも、ピロリジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、ピリジン、ピラジン、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、キノリン、イソキノリン、カルバゾールが挙げられ、ピペラジン、ピペリジン、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、イミダゾール、カルバゾール、及びピリジンがより好ましい。 A nitrogen-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms of A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 of formulas (YD-1), (YD-2), (YD-4), and (YD-5) As long as it is a known structure, it is not particularly limited. Among them, pyrrolidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, piperidine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, indole, benzimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, carbazole, piperazine, piperidine, indole, benzimidazole, imidazole, carbazole, and Pyridine is more preferred.
 さらに、式(2)におけるYの具体例としては、下記式(YD-6)~(YD-38)で表される窒素原子を有する2価の有機基が挙がられ、交流駆動による電荷蓄積を抑制できるためから、式(YD-14)~式(YD-21)がより好ましく、(YD-14)及び(YD-18)が特に好ましい。 Furthermore, specific examples of Y 2 in the formula (2) include divalent organic groups having nitrogen atoms represented by the following formulas (YD-6) to (YD-38). (YD-14) to (YD-21) are more preferable, and (YD-14) and (YD-18) are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(YD-14)及び(YD-21)中、jは0から3の整数である。式(YD-17)中、hは1~3の整数である。 In the formulas (YD-14) and (YD-21), j is an integer from 0 to 3. In the formula (YD-17), h is an integer of 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式YD-24)、(YD-25)、(YD-28)及び(YD-29)中、jは0から3の整数である。 (Formula YD-24), (YD-25), (YD-28) and (YD-29), j is an integer of 0 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 本発明のポリアミック酸及びポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体における式(2)で表されるジアミンの割合は、全ジアミン1モルに対して、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは30~100モル%、さらに好ましくは50~100モル%である。 The ratio of the diamine represented by the formula (2) in the polyamic acid and the imidized polymer of the polyamic acid of the present invention is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30%, based on 1 mol of the total diamine. To 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%.
 本発明の(A)成分であるポリアミック酸及びポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体における式(2)で表されるジアミンは、単独で用いても、複数を併用してもよいが、その場合も、式(2)で表されるジアミンは、合計として上記の好ましい量を用いることが好ましい。 The diamine represented by the formula (2) in the polyamic acid and the imidized polymer of the polyamic acid as the component (A) of the present invention may be used alone or in combination. The diamine represented by the formula (2) is preferably used in the above preferred amount as a total.
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有されるポリアミック酸は、上記式(2)で表されるジアミン以外に、下記式(5)で表されるジアミンを用いてもよい。下記式(5)におけるYは、2価の有機基であり、その構造は特に限定されるものではなく、2種類以上が混在していてもよい。あえて、その具体例を示すならば、下記の(Y-1)~(Y-49)及び(Y-57)~(Y-75)が挙げられる。 The polyamic acid contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may use a diamine represented by the following formula (5) in addition to the diamine represented by the above formula (2). Y 2 in the following formula (5) is a divalent organic group, and the structure thereof is not particularly limited, and two or more kinds may be mixed. Specific examples thereof include the following (Y-1) to (Y-49) and (Y-57) to (Y-75).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される(A)成分であるポリアミック酸及びポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体において、式(5)で表されるジアミンの割合が多くなると、本発明の効果を損なう可能性があるため、好ましくない。したがって、式(5)で表されるジアミンの割合は、全ジアミン1モルに対して、0~90モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは0~50モル%、さらに好ましくは0~20モル%である。 In the polyamic acid which is the component (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention and the imidized polymer of polyamic acid, if the proportion of the diamine represented by the formula (5) increases, the effect of the present invention may be impaired. This is not preferable because of its properties. Therefore, the proportion of the diamine represented by the formula (5) is preferably 0 to 90 mol%, more preferably 0 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 0 to 20 mol% with respect to 1 mol of the total diamine. .
<ポリアミック酸の製造方法>
 本発明に用いられるポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸は、以下に示す方法により合成することができる。
<Method for producing polyamic acid>
The polyamic acid which is a polyimide precursor used in the present invention can be synthesized by the following method.
 具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとを有機溶媒の存在下で-20~150℃、好ましくは0~70℃において、30分~24時間、好ましくは1~12時間反応させることによって合成できる。 Specifically, tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine are reacted in the presence of an organic solvent at −20 to 150 ° C., preferably 0 to 70 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 12 hours. Can be synthesized.
 上記の反応に用いる有機溶媒は、モノマーおよび重合体の溶解性からN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトンなどが好ましく、これらは1種又は2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The organic solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, etc. in view of the solubility of the monomer and polymer. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. May be used.
 重合体の濃度は、重合体の析出が起こりにくく、かつ高分子量体が得やすいという観点から、1~30質量%が好ましく、5~20質量%がより好ましい。 The concentration of the polymer is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is difficult to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained.
 上記のようにして得られたポリアミック酸は、反応溶液をよく撹拌させながら貧溶媒に注入することで、重合体を析出させて回収することができる。また、析出を数回行い、貧溶媒で洗浄後、常温あるいは加熱乾燥することで精製されたポリアミック酸の粉末を得ることができる。貧溶媒は、特に限定されないが、水、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、ヘキサン、ブチルセロソルブ、アセトン、トルエン等が挙げられ、水、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノールなどが好ましい。 The polyamic acid obtained as described above can be recovered by precipitating a polymer by pouring into a poor solvent while thoroughly stirring the reaction solution. Moreover, the powder of polyamic acid refine | purified by performing precipitation several times, washing | cleaning with a poor solvent, and normal temperature or heat-drying can be obtained. The poor solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene and the like, and water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and the like are preferable.
<ポリイミドの製造方法>
 本発明に用いられるポリイミドは、前記ポリアミック酸をイミド化することにより製造することができる。
<Production method of polyimide>
The polyimide used in the present invention can be produced by imidizing the polyamic acid.
 ポリアミック酸からポリイミドを製造する場合、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物との反応で得られた前記ポリアミック酸の溶液に触媒を添加する化学的イミド化が簡便である。化学的イミド化は、比較的低温でイミド化反応が進行し、イミド化の課程で重合体の分子量低下が起こりにくいので好ましい。 When a polyimide is produced from a polyamic acid, chemical imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution obtained by the reaction of a diamine component and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is simple. Chemical imidization is preferable because the imidization reaction proceeds at a relatively low temperature and the molecular weight of the polymer does not easily decrease during the imidization process.
 化学的イミド化は、イミド化させたい重合体を、有機溶媒中において塩基性触媒と酸無水物の存在下で撹拌することにより行うことができる。有機溶媒としては前述した重合反応時に用いる溶媒を使用することができる。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミン等を挙げることができる。中でもピリジンは反応を進行させるのに適度な塩基性を持つので好ましい。また、酸無水物としては無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸等を挙げることができ、中でも無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。 Chemical imidation can be performed by stirring a polymer to be imidized in an organic solvent in the presence of a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride. As an organic solvent, the solvent used at the time of the polymerization reaction mentioned above can be used. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Of these, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
 イミド化反応を行うときの温度は、-20~140℃、好ましくは0~100℃であり、反応時間は1~100時間で行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はポリアミック酸基の0.5~30倍モル、好ましくは2~20倍モルであり、酸無水物の量はポリアミック酸基の1~50倍モル、好ましくは3~30倍モルである。得られる重合体のイミド化率は、触媒量、温度、反応時間を調節することで制御することができる。 The temperature for carrying out the imidization reaction is −20 to 140 ° C., preferably 0 to 100 ° C., and the reaction time can be 1 to 100 hours. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 times mol, preferably 2 to 20 times mol of the polyamic acid group, and the amount of acid anhydride is 1 to 50 times mol, preferably 3 to 30 times mol of the polyamic acid group. Is a mole. The imidation ratio of the resulting polymer can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, temperature, and reaction time.
 ポリアミック酸のイミド化反応後の溶液には、添加した触媒等が残存しているので、以下に述べる手段により、得られたイミド化重合体を回収し、有機溶媒で再溶解して、本発明の液晶配向剤とすることが好ましい。 Since the added catalyst and the like remain in the solution after the imidization reaction of the polyamic acid, the obtained imidized polymer is recovered by the means described below, and redissolved in an organic solvent. It is preferable to use a liquid crystal aligning agent.
 上記のようにして得られるポリイミドの溶液は、よく撹拌させながら貧溶媒に注入することで、重合体を析出させることができる。析出を数回行い、貧溶媒で洗浄後、常温あるいは加熱乾燥して精製された重合体の粉末を得ることができる。 The polyimide solution obtained as described above can be polymerized by pouring into a poor solvent while stirring well. Precipitation is performed several times, and after washing with a poor solvent, a polymer powder purified by drying at normal temperature or by heating can be obtained.
 前記貧溶媒は、特に限定されないが、メタノール、2-プロパノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン等が挙げられ、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、アセトンなどが好ましい。 Examples of the poor solvent include, but are not limited to, methanol, 2-propanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and the like. Methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, Acetone is preferred.
<(B)成分>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含まれる(B)成分は、ポリイミド前駆体、該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化重合体及び所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体である。
<(B) component>
(B) component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention consists of a polyimide precursor, the imidation polymer of this polyimide precursor, and the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer which expresses liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range. It is at least one polymer selected from the group.
<ポリイミド前駆体>
ポリイミド前駆体は、下記式(11)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体である。
<Polyimide precursor>
The polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor having a structural unit represented by the following formula (11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(11)において、X11は、それぞれ独立して4価の有機基であり、Y11はそれぞれ独立して2価の有機基である。R11は、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、A11~A12はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、又は炭素数2~10のアルキニル基である。 In Formula (11), X 11 is each independently a tetravalent organic group, and Y 11 is each independently a divalent organic group. R 11 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and A 11 to A 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, An alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
 R11における上記アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基などが挙げられる。加熱によるイミド化のしやすさの観点から、R11は、水素原子、又はメチル基が好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group in R 11 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-pentyl group. Etc. From the viewpoint of ease of imidization by heating, R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 式(11)において、X11はテトラカルボン酸誘導体由来の4価の有機基であり、その構造は特に限定されるものではない。ポリイミド前駆体中、X11は2種類以上が混在していてもよい。X11の具体例を示すならば、下記式(X-1)~(X-44)の構造が挙げられる。 In the formula (11), X 11 is a tetravalent organic group derived from a tetracarboxylic acid derivative, and its structure is not particularly limited. In the polyimide precursor, X 11 is 2 or more may be mixed. Specific examples of X 11 include structures of the following formulas (X-1) to (X-44).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記式(X-1)におけるR~R11は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、アルキニル基、若しくは、フェニル基である。R~R11が嵩高い構造である場合、液晶配向性を低下させる可能性があるため、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましく、水素原子、又は、メチル基が特に好ましい。 R 8 to R 11 in the formula (X-1) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, or phenyl. It is a group. When R 8 to R 11 have a bulky structure, the liquid crystal orientation may be lowered, so a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is particularly preferable.
 式(11)において、X11はモノマーの入手性の観点から、(X-1)~(X-14)から選ばれる構造を含有することが好ましい。 In the formula (11), X 11 preferably contains a structure selected from (X-1) to (X-14) from the viewpoint of availability of monomers.
 上記式(X-1)~(X-14)から選ばれる構造の好ましい割合としては、X11全体の20モル%以上であり、より好ましくは60モル%以上、さらに好ましくは80モル%以上である。 A preferred ratio of the structure selected from the above formulas (X-1) to (X-14) is 20 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 80 mol% or more of the entire X 11. is there.
 式(11)において、A11及びA12はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数2~10のアルキニル基である。 In the formula (11), A 11 and A 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Or an alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 これらA11及びA12の具体例や好ましい例は、上記(A-1)成分と(A-2)成分の項におけるB及びBと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of these A 11 and A 12 are the same as B 1 and B 2 in the above-mentioned items (A-1) and (A-2).
 式(11)において、Y11はジアミン由来の2価の有機基であり、その構造は特に限定されない。Y11の構造の具体例を示すならば、前記(A)成分の項で記載した上記(Y-1)~(Y-49)及び(Y-57)~(Y-75)や(YD-6)~(YD-38)が挙げられる。また、それに加えて、下記(Y-76)~(Y-97)、および、(YD-39)~(YD-52)が挙げられる。 In Formula (11), Y 11 is a divalent organic group derived from diamine, and its structure is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the structure of Y 11 are as follows: (Y-1) to (Y-49) and (Y-57) to (Y-75) and (YD— 6) to (YD-38). In addition, the following (Y-76) to (Y-97) and (YD-39) to (YD-52) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 (式(YD-50)中、m、nはそれぞれ1から11の整数であり、m+nは2から12の整数である。) (In the formula (YD-50), m and n are each an integer from 1 to 11, and m + n is an integer from 2 to 12.)
 Y11の構造としては、得られる液晶配向膜の液晶配向性やプレチルト角の観点から、下記式(15)および(16)で表される構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 The structure of Y 11 is more preferably at least one selected from structures represented by the following formulas (15) and (16) from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment properties and pretilt angles of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(15)中、R12は単結合、又は炭素数1~30の2価の有機基であり、R13は水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素数1~30の1価の有機基、aは1~4の整数であり、aが2以上の場合は、R12、R13は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、式(16)中のR14は単結合、-O-、-S-、-NR15-、アミド結合、エステル結合、ウレア結合、又は炭素数1~40の2価の有機基であり、R15は、水素原子、またはメチル基である。 In the formula (15), R 12 is a single bond or a divalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a is When R is an integer of 1 to 4 and a is 2 or more, R 12 and R 13 may be the same or different from each other, and R 14 in formula (16) is a single bond, —O—, —S—. , —NR 15 —, an amide bond, an ester bond, a urea bond, or a divalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and R 15 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 式(15)及び式(16)の具体例としては、以下の構造が挙げられる。
直線性の高い構造は、液晶配向膜としたときに液晶の配向性を高めることができるため、Y11としては、前記Y-7、Y-21、Y-22、Y-23、Y-25、Y-43、Y-44、Y-45、Y-46、Y-48、Y-63、Y-71、Y-72、Y-73、Y-74、Y-75がさらに好ましい。液晶配向性を高めることができる上記構造の割合としては、Y11全体の20モル%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは60モル%以上、さらに好ましくは80モル%以上である。
Specific examples of the formula (15) and the formula (16) include the following structures.
Since the structure with high linearity can enhance the alignment of the liquid crystal when it is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, Y- 11 , Y-21, Y-22, Y-23, Y-25 are used as Y11. Y-43, Y-44, Y-45, Y-46, Y-48, Y-63, Y-71, Y-72, Y-73, Y-74, Y-75 are more preferable. The proportion of the above structure that can enhance the liquid crystal alignment is preferably 20 mol% or more of Y 11 as a whole, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and further preferably 80 mol% or more.
 液晶配向膜としたときに液晶のプレチルト角を高くしたい場合には、側鎖に長鎖アルキル基、芳香族環、脂肪族環、ステロイド骨格、又はこれらを組み合わせた構造をY11に有すると好ましい。そのようなY11としては、Y-76、Y-77、Y-78、Y-79、Y-80、Y-81、Y-82、Y-83、Y-84、Y-85、Y-86、Y-87、Y-88、Y-89、Y-90、Y-91、Y-92、Y-93、Y-94、Y-95、Y-96、Y-97が好ましい。プレチルト角を高くしたい場合の上記構造の割合としては、Y11全体の1~30モル%が好ましく、1~20モル%がより好ましい。 When it is desired to increase the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal when the liquid crystal alignment film is used, it is preferable that Y 11 has a long-chain alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a steroid skeleton, or a combination of these in the side chain. . Examples of such Y 11 include Y-76, Y-77, Y-78, Y-79, Y-80, Y-81, Y-82, Y-83, Y-84, Y-85, Y- 86, Y-87, Y-88, Y-89, Y-90, Y-91, Y-92, Y-93, Y-94, Y-95, Y-96, Y-97 are preferred. The proportion of the above structure for increasing the pretilt angle is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol% of the entire Y 11 .
 また、(B)成分の重合体として光配向性側鎖を有するポリイミド(前駆体)を用いる場合、下記の光反応性側鎖を有するポリイミド(前駆体)を用いることが好ましい。 Further, when a polyimide (precursor) having a photoalignable side chain is used as the polymer of the component (B), it is preferable to use a polyimide (precursor) having the following photoreactive side chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 (R16は-CH-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CHO-、-N(CH)-、-CON(CH)-、-N(CH)CO-のいずれかを表し、R17は環状、非置換またはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1から炭素数20のアルキレンを表し、ここでアルキレンの任意の-CH-は-CF-又は-C=C-で置き換えられていてもよく、次に挙げるいずれかの基が互いに隣り合わない場合において、これらの基に置き換えられていてもよい;-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、炭素環、複素環。R18は-CH-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-CON(CH)-、-N(CH)CO-、炭素環、もしくは複素環のいずれかを表し、R19はビニルフェニル基、-CR20=CH基、-CR20(OH)-CH基、炭素環、複素環又は以下の群から選ばれる式で表される構造を表し、R20は水素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいメチル基を表す。) (R 16 is —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CON ( CH 3 ) — or —N (CH 3 ) CO—, and R 17 represents cyclic, unsubstituted, or alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is substituted by a fluorine atom. Arbitrary —CH 2 — may be replaced by —CF 2 — or —C═C—, and in the case where any of the following groups is not adjacent to each other, these groups may be replaced: --O--, --COO--, --OCO--, --NHCO--, --CONH--, --NH--, carbocycle, heterocycle, R 18 represents --CH 2- , --O--, --COO--, --OCO-- , -NHCO -, - NH -, - N (CH 3) -, - CO (CH 3) -, - N (CH 3) CO-, represent either carbocyclic or heterocyclic,, R 19 is vinylphenyl group, -CR 20 = CH 2 group, -CR 20 (OH) -CH 3 groups, a carbocycle, a heterocyclic ring, or a structure represented by a formula selected from the following group is represented, and R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 このようなポリイミド前駆体を製造する場合は、ジアミンとして、上記式(b)で表される側鎖が置換したジアミンを用いるのが簡便である。 When producing such a polyimide precursor, it is convenient to use a diamine substituted with a side chain represented by the above formula (b) as the diamine.
 また、主鎖に光配向性基を有するポリイミド前駆体を用いても良い。この場合は、下記式(21)で表されるような、アミンとアミンとの間に光配向性基を含む結合を有するジアミンを用いることが簡便である。 Also, a polyimide precursor having a photoalignable group in the main chain may be used. In this case, it is convenient to use a diamine having a bond containing a photoalignable group between the amine and the amine, as represented by the following formula (21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 (式(21)中、X21は単結合または炭素数1~5のアルキレン基であり、X22は-OCO-CH=CH-または-CH=CH-COO-であり、X23は単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基または2価のベンゼン環であり、X24は単結合、-OCO-CH=CH-または-CH=CH-COO-であり、X25は単結合または炭素数1~5のアルキレン基である。但し、1つ以上のシンナモイル基を有する。) (In the formula (21), X 21 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X 22 represents —OCO—CH═CH— or —CH═CH—COO—, and X 23 represents a single bond. , An alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a divalent benzene ring, X 24 is a single bond, —OCO—CH═CH— or —CH═CH—COO—, and X 25 is a single bond or carbon number 1 to 5 alkylene groups, with one or more cinnamoyl groups)
 式(21)で表されるジアミンとしては、下記ジアミンが挙げられる。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (21) include the following diamines.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中、Xは独立して単結合もしくはエーテル(-O-)、エステル(-COO-または-OCO-)及びアミド(-CONH-または-NHCO-)から選択される結合基であり、Yは独立して単結合または炭素数1~5のアルキレン基であり、Zは独立して炭素数1~10のアルキレン基もしくはフェニレン基である。ベンゼン環上のアミノ基の結合位置や、中央のベンゼン環に対する結合基の位置は特に限定されない。) Wherein X is independently a single bond or a linking group selected from ether (—O—), ester (—COO— or —OCO—) and amide (—CONH— or —NHCO—); Is independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Z is independently an alkylene group or phenylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the bonding position of the amino group on the benzene ring, (The position of the bonding group with respect to the benzene ring is not particularly limited.)
 式(21)で表されるジアミンの具体例としては、下記ジアミンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (21) include the following diamines.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 このような上記式(21)で表されるジアミンを原料とするポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル等のポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミドやポリアミドを含有する液晶配向剤を用いて形成される液晶配向膜は、AC(交流)駆動による液晶配向性能の変化、例えば、液晶の配向方位の変化が低減されたものである。したがって、この液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子は、AC駆動での液晶配向膜の液晶配向性能が安定なため、AC駆動により残像が生じ難い、すなわち、AC駆動による残像特性が非常に良好であるという効果を奏する。また、上記式(21)で表されるジアミンを用いて形成された液晶配向膜は、液晶配向性能自体にも優れており、配向欠陥が実質的に無いものとすることができる。 A liquid crystal alignment film formed by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester using a diamine represented by the above formula (21) as a raw material, polyimide or polyamide is AC. A change in liquid crystal alignment performance due to (alternating current) driving, for example, a change in alignment orientation of liquid crystal is reduced. Therefore, the liquid crystal display element having this liquid crystal alignment film has a stable liquid crystal alignment performance of the liquid crystal alignment film in AC driving, so that an afterimage is hardly generated by AC driving, that is, an afterimage characteristic by AC driving is very good. There is an effect. Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning film formed using the diamine represented by the said Formula (21) is excellent also in liquid crystal aligning performance itself, and can be made into a thing without an alignment defect substantially.
 本発明に用いるポリイミド前駆体は、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応から得られるものであり、ポリアミック酸やポリアミック酸エステル等が挙げられる。 The polyimide precursor used in the present invention is obtained from a reaction between a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative, and examples thereof include polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.
<ポリイミド前駆体-ポリアミック酸の製造>
 (A-1)成分及び(A-2)成分の項に記載したポリアミック酸の製造方法の記載に準じる。
<Polyimide precursor-production of polyamic acid>
Same as the description of the method for producing polyamic acid described in the section of the component (A-1) and the component (A-2).
<ポリイミド前駆体-ポリアミック酸エステルの製造>
 本発明に用いられるポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸エステルは、以下に示す(1)、(2)又は(3)の製法で製造することができる。
<Polyimide precursor-production of polyamic acid ester>
The polyamic acid ester which is a polyimide precursor used in the present invention can be produced by the following production method (1), (2) or (3).
(1)ポリアミック酸から製造する場合
 ポリアミック酸エステルは、前記のように製造されたポリアミック酸をエステル化することによって製造できる。具体的には、ポリアミック酸とエステル化剤を有機溶剤の存在下で-20℃~150℃、好ましくは0℃~50℃において、30分~24時間、好ましくは1~4時間反応させることによって製造することができる。
(1) When manufacturing from polyamic acid A polyamic acid ester can be manufactured by esterifying the polyamic acid manufactured as mentioned above. Specifically, the polyamic acid and the esterifying agent are reacted in the presence of an organic solvent at −20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 4 hours. Can be manufactured.
 エステル化剤としては、精製によって容易に除去できるものが好ましく、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジメチルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジエチルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジプロピルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジネオペンチルブチルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジ-t-ブチルアセタール、1-メチル-3-p-トリルトリアゼン、1-エチル-3-p-トリルトリアゼン、1-プロピル-3-p-トリルトリアゼン、4-(4,6-ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジンー2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリドなどが挙げられる。エステル化剤の添加量は、ポリアミック酸の繰り返し単位1モルに対して、2~6モル当量が好ましい。 The esterifying agent is preferably one that can be easily removed by purification, and N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide Dineopentyl butyl acetal, N, N-dimethylformamide di-t-butyl acetal, 1-methyl-3-p-tolyltriazene, 1-ethyl-3-p-tolyltriazene, 1-propyl-3-p -Tolyltriazene, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride and the like. The addition amount of the esterifying agent is preferably 2 to 6 molar equivalents per 1 mol of the polyamic acid repeating unit.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンまたはγ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシドまたは1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。また、ポリイミド前駆体の溶媒溶解性が高い場合は、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、又は後述する式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることができる。 Examples of the organic solvent include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or 1,3-dimethyl- Examples include imidazolidinone. When the solvent solubility of the polyimide precursor is high, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the formulas [D-1] to [D-3] described later The solvent shown by can be used.
 これら溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、ポリイミド前駆体を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成したポリイミド前駆体が析出しない範囲で、前記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。また、溶媒中の水分は重合反応を阻害し、さらには生成したポリイミド前駆体を加水分解させる原因となるので、溶媒は脱水乾燥させたものを用いることが好ましい。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve a polyimide precursor, you may mix and use it for the said solvent in the range which the produced | generated polyimide precursor does not precipitate. Moreover, since water in the solvent inhibits the polymerization reaction and further causes hydrolysis of the produced polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use a dehydrated and dried solvent.
 上記の反応に用いる溶媒は、ポリマーの溶解性からN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、又はγ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、これらは1種又は2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。製造時の濃度は、ポリマーの析出が起こりにくく、かつ高分子量体が得やすいという点から、1~30質量%が好ましく、5~20質量%がより好ましい。 The solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, or γ-butyrolactone in view of polymer solubility. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Good. The concentration at the time of production is preferably 1 to 30% by mass and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is unlikely to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained.
(2)テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドとジアミンとの反応により製造する場合
 ポリアミック酸エステルは、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドとジアミンから製造することができる。
(2) When manufactured by reaction of tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine The polyamic acid ester can be manufactured from tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine.
 具体的には、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドとジアミンとを塩基と有機溶剤の存在下で-20℃~150℃、好ましくは0℃~50℃において、30分~24時間、好ましくは1~4時間反応させることによって製造することができる。 Specifically, tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and diamine in the presence of a base and an organic solvent at −20 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 4 hours. It can be produced by reacting.
 前記塩基には、ピリジン、トリエチルアミン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジンなどが使用できるが、反応が穏和に進行するためにピリジンが好ましい。塩基の添加量は、除去が容易な量で、かつ高分子量体が得やすいという点から、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドに対して、2~4倍モルであることが好ましい。 As the base, pyridine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine and the like can be used, but pyridine is preferable because the reaction proceeds gently. The addition amount of the base is preferably 2 to 4 times the molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride from the viewpoint of easy removal and high molecular weight.
 上記の反応に用いる溶媒は、モノマーおよびポリマーの溶解性からN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、又はγ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、これらは1種又は2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。製造時のポリマー濃度は、ポリマーの析出が起こりにくく、かつ高分子量体が得やすいという点から、1~30質量%が好ましく、5~20質量%がより好ましい。また、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジクロリドの加水分解を防ぐため、ポリアミック酸エステルの製造に用いる溶媒はできるだけ脱水されていることが好ましく、窒素雰囲気中で、外気の混入を防ぐのが好ましい。 The solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone from the solubility of the monomer and polymer, and these may be used alone or in combination. The polymer concentration at the time of production is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, from the viewpoint that polymer precipitation is unlikely to occur and a high molecular weight product is easily obtained. In order to prevent hydrolysis of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride, the solvent used for the production of the polyamic acid ester is preferably dehydrated as much as possible, and it is preferable to prevent mixing of outside air in a nitrogen atmosphere.
(3)テトラカルボン酸ジエステルとジアミンから製造する場合
 ポリアミック酸エステルは、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルとジアミンを重縮合することにより製造することができる。
(3) When manufacturing from tetracarboxylic-acid diester and diamine Polyamic acid ester can be manufactured by polycondensing tetracarboxylic-acid diester and diamine.
 具体的には、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルとジアミンを縮合剤、塩基、及び有機溶剤の存在下で0℃~150℃、好ましくは0℃~100℃において、30分~24時間、好ましくは3~15時間反応させることによって製造することができる。 Specifically, tetracarboxylic acid diester and diamine in the presence of a condensing agent, a base, and an organic solvent at 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 15 It can manufacture by making it react for time.
 前記縮合剤には、トリフェニルホスファイト、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド、1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド塩酸塩、N,N’-カルボニルジイミダゾール、ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジニルメチルモルホリニウム、O-(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルウロニウム テトラフルオロボラート、O-(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロホスファート、(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-チオキソ-3-ベンゾオキサゾリル)ホスホン酸ジフェニルなどが使用できる。縮合剤の添加量は、テトラカルボン酸ジエステルに対して2~3倍モルが好ましい。
 前記塩基には、ピリジン、トリエチルアミンなどの3級アミンが使用できる。塩基の添加量は、除去が容易な量で、かつ高分子量体が得やすいという点から、ジアミン成分に対して2~4倍モルが好ましい。
Examples of the condensing agent include triphenyl phosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride, N, N′-carbonyldiimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazide. Nylmethylmorpholinium, O- (benzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate, O- (benzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N , N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, (2,3-dihydro-2-thioxo-3-benzoxazolyl) phosphonate diphenyl, and the like. The addition amount of the condensing agent is preferably 2 to 3 times the molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid diester.
As the base, tertiary amines such as pyridine and triethylamine can be used. The amount of the base added is preferably 2 to 4 times the mol of the diamine component from the viewpoint that it can be easily removed and a high molecular weight product can be easily obtained.
 また、上記反応において、ルイス酸を添加剤として加えることで反応が効率的に進行する。ルイス酸としては、塩化リチウム、臭化リチウムなどのハロゲン化リチウムが好ましい。ルイス酸の添加量はジアミン成分に対して0~1.0倍モルが好ましい。 In the above reaction, the reaction proceeds efficiently by adding Lewis acid as an additive. As the Lewis acid, lithium halides such as lithium chloride and lithium bromide are preferable. The addition amount of the Lewis acid is preferably 0 to 1.0 times mol with respect to the diamine component.
 上記3つのポリアミック酸エステルの製造方法の中でも、高分子量のポリアミック酸エステルが得られるため、上記(1)又は上記(2)の製法が特に好ましい。 Among the above three polyamic acid ester production methods, a high molecular weight polyamic acid ester is obtained, and therefore the production method (1) or (2) is particularly preferred.
 上記のようにして得られるポリアミック酸エステルの溶液は、よく撹拌させながら貧溶媒に注入することで、ポリマーを析出させることができる。析出を数回行い、貧溶媒で洗浄後、常温あるいは加熱乾燥して精製されたポリアミック酸エステルの粉末を得ることができる。貧溶媒は、特に限定されないが、水、メタノール、エタノール、ヘキサン、ブチルセロソルブ、アセトン、トルエン等が挙げられる。 The polymer solution can be precipitated by injecting the polyamic acid ester solution obtained as described above into a poor solvent while stirring well. Precipitation is performed several times, and after washing with a poor solvent, a purified polyamic acid ester powder can be obtained at room temperature or by heating and drying. Although a poor solvent is not specifically limited, Water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene etc. are mentioned.
<ポリイミド>
 本発明に用いられるポリイミドは、前記したポリアミック酸エステル又はポリアミック酸をイミド化することにより製造することができる。(A-1)成分及び(A-2)成分の項に記載したポリイミドの製造方法の記載に準じる。
<Polyimide>
The polyimide used in the present invention can be produced by imidizing the aforementioned polyamic acid ester or polyamic acid. It conforms to the description of the method for producing polyimide described in the section of component (A-1) and component (A-2).
<所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体>
 (B)成分の態様の一つは、所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体である。
<Photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range>
One aspect of the component (B) is a photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range.
 該側鎖型アクリル重合体は、250nm~400nmの波長範囲の光で反応し、かつ100℃~300℃の温度範囲で液晶性を示すのがよい。 The side chain type acrylic polymer preferably reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm and exhibits liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C. to 300 ° C.
 該側鎖型アクリル重合体は、250nm~400nmの波長範囲の光に反応する感光性側鎖を有することが好ましい。 The side chain acrylic polymer preferably has a photosensitive side chain that reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm.
 該側鎖型アクリル重合体は、100℃~300℃の温度範囲で液晶性を示すためメソゲン基を有することが好ましい。 The side chain acrylic polymer preferably has a mesogenic group in order to exhibit liquid crystallinity in a temperature range of 100 ° C to 300 ° C.
 該側鎖型アクリル重合体は、主鎖に感光性を有する側鎖が結合しており、光に感応して架橋反応、異性化反応、または光フリース転位を起こすことができる。感光性を有する側鎖の構造は特に限定されないが、光に感応して架橋反応、または光フリース転位を起こす構造が望ましく、架橋反応を起こすものがより望ましい。この場合、熱などの外部ストレスに曝されたとしても、実現された配向制御能を長期間安定に保持することができる。液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体膜の構造は、そうした特性を満足するものであれば特に限定されないが、側鎖構造に剛直なメソゲン成分を有することが好ましい。この場合、該側鎖型アクリル重合体を液晶配向膜とした際に、安定な液晶配向を得ることができる。 The side chain type acrylic polymer has a photosensitive side chain bonded to the main chain, and can cause a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a light fleece rearrangement in response to light. The structure of the side chain having photosensitivity is not particularly limited, but a structure that undergoes a crosslinking reaction or photofleece rearrangement in response to light is desirable, and a structure that causes a crosslinking reaction is more desirable. In this case, even if exposed to external stress such as heat, the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time. The structure of the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer film capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies such characteristics, but preferably has a rigid mesogenic component in the side chain structure. In this case, when the side chain type acrylic polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained.
 該アクリル重合体の構造は、例えば、主鎖とそれに結合する側鎖を有し、その側鎖が、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、フェニルシクロヘキシル基、フェニルベンゾエート基、アゾベンゼン基などのメソゲン成分と、先端部に結合された、光に感応して架橋反応や異性化反応をする感光性基とを有する構造や、主鎖とそれに結合する側鎖を有し、その側鎖がメソゲン成分ともなり、かつ光フリース転位反応をするフェニルベンゾエート基を有する構造とすることができる。 The structure of the acrylic polymer has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain includes a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group. A structure having a photosensitive group that is bonded to the tip and that undergoes a cross-linking reaction or an isomerization reaction in response to light, or a main chain and a side chain bonded thereto, and the side chain also serves as a mesogenic component, And it can be set as the structure which has the phenylbenzoate group which carries out a photo-Fries rearrangement reaction.
 所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体の構造のより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された主鎖と、下記式(31)から(35)の少なくとも1種からなる側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 Specific examples of the structure of the photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range include hydrocarbons, (meth) acrylates, itaconates, fumarate, maleates, α-methylene-γ- A main chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radically polymerizable groups such as butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and a side chain composed of at least one of the following formulas (31) to (35) It is preferable that the structure has
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式中、Arはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環から2個の水素原子を取り去った2価の置換基を表し、ArとArとは、それぞれ独立にベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環から2個の水素原子を取り去った2価の置換基を表し、qとqは一方が1でもう一方が0であり、ArとArとはそれぞれ独立にベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環から2個の水素原子を取り去った2価の置換基を表し、Y-YはCH=CH、CH=N、N=CHまたはC≡Cを表し、S乃至Sはそれぞれ独立に単結合、炭素原子数1乃至18の直鎖又は分岐状のアルキレン、炭素原子数5乃至8のシクロアルキレン、フェニレンまたはビフェニレンを表すか、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合、アミノ結合、カルボニル又はそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる1種又は2種以上の結合を表すか、或いは該1種又は2種以上の結合を介して、炭素原子数1乃至18の直鎖又は分岐状のアルキレン、炭素原子数5乃至8のシクロアルキレン、フェニレン、ビフェニレン又はそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる2以上10以下の部位が結合してなる構造であって、前記置換基は前記結合を介してそれぞれ複数個が連結してなる構造であってもよく、
 R31は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、アミノ基、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至8のアルキルアミノ基または炭素原子数2乃至16のジアルキルアミノ基を表し、ベンゼン環および/またはナフタレン環はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基および炭素原子数2乃至11のアルコキシカルボニル基から選ばれる同一または相異なる1以上の置換基によって置換されていてもよい。その際、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐でも環状でも、それらを組み合わせた構造でもよく、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。
In the formula, Ar 1 represents a divalent substituent obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, or pyridine ring, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are independent of each other. Represents a divalent substituent obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring or pyridine ring, q 1 and q 2 are one and one is 0 Each of Ar 4 and Ar 5 independently represents a divalent substituent obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring or pyridine ring, and Y 1 -Y 2 represents CH═CH, CH═N, N═CH or C≡C, S 1 to S 3 each independently represent a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 5 to 8 Whether it represents loalkylene, phenylene or biphenylene, or one or more bonds selected from a single bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urea bond, urethane bond, amino bond, carbonyl, or a combination thereof Or a linear or branched alkylene having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, phenylene, biphenylene, or a combination thereof, through one or more bonds. It may be a structure in which 2 or more and 10 or less sites are bonded, and the substituent may be a structure in which a plurality of the substituents are linked via the bond,
R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms. 1 to 16 dialkylamino groups, wherein the benzene ring and / or naphthalene ring is one or more substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms. It may be substituted by a group. In this case, the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, or a combination thereof, and may be substituted with a halogen atom.
 本願の(B)成分としての所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体は、液晶性側鎖を含有することが出来る。 The photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range as the component (B) of the present application can contain liquid crystal side chains.
 液晶性側鎖の有するメソゲン基として、ビフェニルやフェニルベンゾエートなどの単独でメソゲン構造となる基であっても、安息香酸などのように側鎖同士が水素結合することでメソゲン構造となる基であってもよい。側鎖の有するメソゲン基としては下記の構造が好ましい。 The mesogenic group possessed by the liquid crystalline side chain is a group that forms a mesogenic structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains, such as benzoic acid, even if it is a group that forms a mesogenic structure alone, such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate. May be. As the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain, the following structure is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
<<感光性の側鎖型高分子の製法>>
 上記の所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体は、上記の感光性側鎖を有する光反応性側鎖モノマーおよび液晶性側鎖モノマーを重合することによって得ることができる。
<< Production Method of Photosensitive Side Chain Polymer >>
The photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer exhibiting liquid crystallinity in the above-mentioned predetermined temperature range is obtained by polymerizing the photoreactive side chain monomer having the above photosensitive side chain and the liquid crystalline side chain monomer. Can do.
 [光反応性側鎖モノマー] 
 光反応性側鎖モノマーとは、高分子を形成した場合に、高分子の側鎖部位に感光性側鎖を有する高分子を形成することができるモノマーのことである。
[Photoreactive side chain monomer]
The photoreactive side chain monomer is a monomer capable of forming a polymer having a photosensitive side chain at the side chain portion of the polymer when the polymer is formed.
 側鎖の有する光反応性基としては上記式(31)乃至(35)で表される構造が好ましい。 The photoreactive group possessed by the side chain is preferably a structure represented by the above formulas (31) to (35).
 光反応性側鎖モノマーのより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、上記式(31)~(35)の少なくとも1種からなる感光性側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 More specific examples of the photoreactive side chain monomer include radical polymerizable groups such as hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc. A structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of the above and a photosensitive side chain composed of at least one of the above formulas (31) to (35) is preferable.
[液晶性側鎖モノマー]
 液晶性側鎖モノマーとは、該モノマー由来の高分子が液晶性を発現し、該高分子が側鎖部位にメソゲン基を形成することができるモノマーのことである。
[Liquid crystal side chain monomer]
The liquid crystalline side chain monomer is a monomer in which a polymer derived from the monomer exhibits liquid crystallinity and the polymer can form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
 液晶性側鎖モノマーのより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、前記「液晶性側鎖の有するメソゲン基」の少なくとも1種を有する側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 More specific examples of liquid crystal side chain monomers include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, radical polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc. A structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group and a side chain having at least one of the “mesogenic groups of the liquid crystalline side chain” is preferable.
 (B)成分の一態様である側鎖型アクリル重合体は、上述した液晶性を発現する光反応性側鎖モノマーの重合反応により得ることができる。また、液晶性を発現しない光反応性側鎖モノマーと液晶性側鎖モノマーとの共重合や、液晶性を発現する光反応性側鎖モノマーと液晶性側鎖モノマーとの共重合によって得ることができる。さらに、液晶性の発現能を損なわない範囲でその他のモノマーと共重合することができる。 The side chain type acrylic polymer which is one embodiment of the component (B) can be obtained by the polymerization reaction of the above-described photoreactive side chain monomer exhibiting liquid crystallinity. Further, it can be obtained by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that does not exhibit liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer, or by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer. it can. Furthermore, it can be copolymerized with other monomers as long as the liquid crystallinity is not impaired.
 その他のモノマーとしては、例えば工業的に入手できるラジカル重合反応可能なモノマーが挙げられる。 Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
 その他のモノマーの具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of other monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic ester compound, methacrylic ester compound, maleimide compound, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compound and vinyl compound.
 不飽和カルボン酸の具体例としてはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
 アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, Beauty, etc. 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 メタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-メチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、および(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの環状エーテル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物も用いることができる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compound include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl. Methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl methacrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-me Le -8- tricyclodecyl methacrylate, and, 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate. (Meth) acrylate compounds having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate are also used. be able to.
 ビニル化合物としては、例えば、ビニルエーテル、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、フェニルビニルエーテル、及び、プロピルビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
 スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methyl styrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
 マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 本実施形態の側鎖型高分子の製造方法については、特に限定されるものではなく、工業的に扱われている汎用な方法が利用できる。具体的には、液晶性側鎖モノマーや光反応性側鎖モノマーのビニル基を利用したカチオン重合やラジカル重合、アニオン重合により製造することができる。これらの中では反応制御のしやすさなどの観点からラジカル重合が特に好ましい。 The method for producing the side chain polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method that is handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a liquid crystalline side chain monomer or photoreactive side chain monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
 ラジカル重合の重合開始剤としては、AIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)等の公知のラジカル重合開始剤や、可逆的付加-開裂型連鎖移動(RAFT)重合試薬等の公知の化合物を使用することができる。 As a polymerization initiator for radical polymerization, a known radical polymerization initiator such as AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) or a known compound such as a reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagent should be used. Can do.
 ラジカル重合法は、特に制限されるものでなく、乳化重合法、懸濁重合法、分散重合法、沈殿重合法、塊状重合法、溶液重合法等を用いることができる。 The radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
 所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体の重合反応に用いる有機溶媒としては、生成した重合体が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。 The organic solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive side-chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range is not particularly limited as long as the produced polymer is soluble. Specific examples are given below.
 N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、ジペンテン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルセルソルブ、エチルセルソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド等が挙げられる。 N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide , Γ-butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl Carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethyl Glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene Glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropiate Lenglycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, n- Hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, Ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropio Acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3- Examples thereof include ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and the like.
 これら有機溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、生成する高分子を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成した高分子が析出しない範囲で、上述の有機溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。 These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the polymer | macromolecule to produce | generate, you may mix and use the above-mentioned organic solvent in the range which the polymer | macromolecule produced | generated does not precipitate.
 また、ラジカル重合において有機溶媒中の酸素は重合反応を阻害する原因となるので、有機溶媒は可能な程度に脱気されたものを用いることが好ましい。 Also, in radical polymerization, oxygen in the organic solvent causes the polymerization reaction to be inhibited. Therefore, it is preferable to use an organic solvent that has been degassed as much as possible.
 ラジカル重合の際の重合温度は30℃~150℃の任意の温度を選択することができるが、好ましくは50℃~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、濃度が低すぎると高分子量の重合体を得ることが難しくなり、濃度が高すぎると反応液の粘性が高くなり過ぎて均一な撹拌が困難となるので、モノマー濃度が、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、有機溶媒を追加することができる。 The polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. Therefore, the monomer concentration is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
 上述のラジカル重合反応においては、ラジカル重合開始剤の比率がモノマーに対して多いと得られる高分子の分子量が小さくなり、少ないと得られる高分子の分子量が大きくなるので、ラジカル開始剤の比率は重合させるモノマーに対して0.1モル%~10モル%であることが好ましい。また重合時には各種モノマー成分や溶媒、開始剤などを追加することもできる。 In the above-mentioned radical polymerization reaction, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is The content is preferably 0.1 mol% to 10 mol% based on the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
[所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体の回収]
 上述の反応により得られた、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子の反応溶液から、生成した高分子を回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して、それら重合体を沈殿させれば良い。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としては、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2回~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの中から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。
[Recovery of photosensitive side-chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range]
When recovering the produced polymer from the reaction solution of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity obtained by the above reaction, the reaction solution is put into a poor solvent, The coalescence can be precipitated. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, and water. The polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
 本発明の(B)成分の一態様である、所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体の分子量は、得られる塗膜の強度、塗膜形成時の作業性、および塗膜の均一性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量が、2,000~1,000,000が好ましく、より好ましくは、5,000~100,000である。 The molecular weight of the photosensitive side chain type acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, which is an embodiment of the component (B) of the present invention, is the strength of the resulting coating film and the workability during coating film formation. In consideration of the uniformity of the coating film, the weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000. It is.
 本発明の液晶配向剤における(A)成分と(B)成分の含有量は、(A)成分の合計量と(B)成分との質量比が5:95~95:5であり、10:90~90:10となるのがさらに好ましい。 The content of the component (A) and the component (B) in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is such that the total ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 95: 5, 10: More preferably, it is 90 to 90:10.
 本発明の液晶配向剤における(A)成分と、(B)成分がポリイミド(前駆体)である場合の(B)成分のイミド化率は用途や目的に応じて任意に調整できるが、溶解性や電荷蓄積特性の観点から、特定重合体(A)成分のイミド化率は0~55%が好ましく、より好ましくは0~20%である。また、液晶の配向性や配向規制力、電圧保持率の観点から特定重合体(B)のイミド化率は高い方が好ましく、好ましくは40%~95%であり、より好ましくは55~90%である。 In the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, when the component (A) and the component (B) are polyimides (precursors), the imidation ratio of the component (B) can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the use and purpose, but the solubility From the viewpoint of charge storage characteristics, the imidation ratio of the specific polymer (A) component is preferably 0 to 55%, more preferably 0 to 20%. In addition, the specific polymer (B) preferably has a higher imidation ratio from the viewpoint of liquid crystal orientation, alignment regulating force, and voltage holding ratio, preferably 40% to 95%, more preferably 55 to 90%. It is.
<液晶配向剤>
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤は、重合体成分が有機溶媒中に溶解された溶液の形態を有する。重合体の分子量は、重量平均分子量で2,000~500,000が好ましく、より好ましくは5,000~300,000であり、さらに好ましくは、10,000~100,000である。また、数平均分子量は、好ましくは、1,000~250,000であり、より好ましくは、2,500~150,000であり、さらに好ましくは、5,000~50,000である。
<Liquid crystal aligning agent>
The liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention has a form of a solution in which a polymer component is dissolved in an organic solvent. The molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 2,000 to 500,000 in terms of weight average molecular weight, more preferably 5,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 to 250,000, more preferably 2,500 to 150,000, and still more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤の重合体の濃度は、形成させようとする塗膜の厚みの設定によって適宜変更することができるが、均一で欠陥のない塗膜を形成させるという点から1質量%以上であることが好ましく、溶液の保存安定性の点からは10質量%以下とすることが好ましい。特に好ましい重合体の濃度は、2~8質量%である。 The concentration of the polymer of the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention can be appropriately changed by setting the thickness of the coating film to be formed, but it is 1 mass from the point of forming a uniform and defect-free coating film. % From the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution, and preferably 10% by mass or less. A particularly preferred polymer concentration is 2 to 8% by mass.
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤に含有される有機溶媒は、重合体成分が均一に溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。その具体例を挙げるならば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジエチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、2-ピロリドン、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジメチルスルホン、γ-ブチロラクトン、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド等を挙げることができる。これらは1種又は2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、単独では重合体成分を均一に溶解できない溶媒であっても、重合体が析出しない範囲であれば、上記の有機溶媒に混合してもよい。 The organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the polymer component is uniformly dissolved. Specific examples thereof include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, Examples include 2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfone, γ-butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and the like. You may use these 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. Moreover, even if it is a solvent which cannot melt | dissolve a polymer component uniformly by itself, if it is a range which a polymer does not precipitate, you may mix with said organic solvent.
 また、液晶配向剤に含有される有機溶媒は、上記のような溶媒に加えて液晶配向剤を塗布する際の塗布性や塗膜の表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒を併用した混合溶媒を使用することが一般的であり、本発明の液晶配向剤においてもこのような混合溶媒は好適に用いられる。併用する有機溶媒の具体例を下記に挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。 Moreover, the organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent uses a mixed solvent that is used in combination with a solvent that improves the coating properties and the surface smoothness of the coating film when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied in addition to the above-described solvents. Such a mixed solvent is also preferably used in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention. Specific examples of the organic solvent to be used in combination are given below, but the organic solvent is not limited to these examples.
 例えば、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、3-ペンタノール、2-メチル-1-ブタノール、イソペンチルアルコール、tert-ペンチルアルコール、3-メチル-2-ブタノール、ネオペンチルアルコール、1-ヘキサノール、2-メチル-1-ペンタノール、2-メチル-2-ペンタノール、2-エチル-1-ブタノール、1-ヘプタノール、2-ヘプタノール、3-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-オクタノール、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、1-メチルシクロヘキサノール、2-メチルシクロヘキサノール、3-メチルシクロヘキサノール、2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノール、1,2-エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジプロピルエーテル、ジブチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、1,2-ブトキシエタン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、2-ヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノン、4,6-ジメチル-2-ヘプタノン、3-エトキシブチルアセタート、1-メチルペンチルアセタート、2-エチルブチルアセタート、2-エチルヘキシルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、プロピレンカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート、2-(メトキシメトキシ)エタノール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソアミルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、2-(ヘキシルオキシ)エタノール、フルフリルアルコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、1-(ブトキシエトキシ)プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート、ジプロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールアセタート、トリエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル、下記式[D-1]~[D-3]で表される溶媒などを挙げることができる。 For example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, tert-pentyl alcohol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, 1-heptanol 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 2,6- Zimechi -4-heptanol, 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3 -Butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, diisopropyl ether, dipropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, ethylene glycol Dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 1,2-butoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, diethylene glycol methyl Ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 4,6-dimethyl-2-heptanone, 3-ethoxy Butyl acetate, 1-methylpentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, 2- (methoxymethoxy) ethanol, Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisoamyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, 2- (hexyloxy) ethanol, furfuryl alcohol, diethylene glycol, Propylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1- (butoxyethoxy) propanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, di Propylene glycol dimethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ruacetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acetate, diethylene glycol acetate, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methylethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Ethyl, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl lactate Lactate ethyl ester, lactic acid n- propyl ester, lactate n- butyl ester, lactic acid isoamyl ester, and the like solvents represented by the following formula [D-1] ~ [D-3].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 式[D-1]中、Dは炭素数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-2]中、Dは炭素数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-3]中、Dは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を示す。 In the formula [D-1], D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and in the formula [D-2], D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the formula [D-3] In the formula, D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 なかでも好ましい溶媒の組み合わせとしては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルと2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジイソプロピルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルと2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノール、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、などを挙げることができる。このような溶媒の種類及び含有量は、液晶配向剤の塗布装置、塗布条件、塗布環境などに応じて適宜選択される。 Among these, preferred solvent combinations include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone. And propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and γ-butyrolactone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and diisopropyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyro Examples thereof include lidone, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether. The kind and content of such a solvent are appropriately selected according to the application device, application conditions, application environment, and the like of the liquid crystal aligning agent.
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤には、膜の機械的強度を上げるために以下のような添加物を添加してもよい。 In addition, the following additives may be added to the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention in order to increase the mechanical strength of the film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 これらの添加剤は、液晶配向剤に含有される重合体成分の100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましい。0.1質量部未満であると効果が期待できず、30質量部を超えると液晶の配向性を低下させるため、より好ましくは0.5~20質量部である。 These additives are preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. If the amount is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the effect cannot be expected. If the amount exceeds 30 parts by mass, the orientation of the liquid crystal is lowered.
 本発明の液晶配向剤には、上記の他、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば、重合体以外の重合体、液晶配向膜の誘電率や導電性などの電気特性を変化させる目的の誘電体若しくは導電物質、液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる目的のシランカップリング剤、液晶配向膜にした際の膜の硬度や緻密度を高める目的の架橋性化合物、さらには塗膜を焼成する際にポリアミック酸のイミド化を効率よく進行させる目的のイミド化促進剤等を添加しても良い。 In the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, in addition to the above, the purpose is to change the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the polymer other than the polymer and the liquid crystal aligning film as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. A dielectric or conductive material, a silane coupling agent for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate, a crosslinkable compound for the purpose of increasing the hardness and density of the liquid crystal alignment film, and a coating. When firing the film, an imidization accelerator for the purpose of efficiently imidizing the polyamic acid may be added.
<液晶配向膜>
<液晶配向膜の製造方法>
 本発明の液晶配向膜は、上記液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し、乾燥、焼成して得られる膜である。本発明の液晶配向剤を塗布する基板としては透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されず、ガラス基板、窒化珪素基板、アクリル基板、ポリカーボネート基板等のプラスチック基板等を用いることができ、液晶駆動のためのITO電極等が形成された基板を用いることがプロセスの簡素化の点から好ましい。また、反射型の液晶表示素子では片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウエハー等の不透明な物でも使用でき、この場合の電極はアルミニウム等の光を反射する材料も使用できる。
<Liquid crystal alignment film>
<Method for producing liquid crystal alignment film>
The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is a film obtained by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent to a substrate, drying and baking. The substrate on which the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is applied is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, and a glass substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, an acrylic substrate, a polycarbonate substrate such as a polycarbonate substrate, or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of simplification of the process, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO electrode or the like is formed. In the reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque material such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as only one substrate is used. In this case, a material that reflects light, such as aluminum, can also be used.
 本発明の液晶配向剤の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、印刷法、インクジェット法などが挙げられる。本発明の液晶配向剤を塗布した後の乾燥、焼成工程は、任意の温度と時間を選択することができる。通常は、含有される有機溶媒を十分に除去するために50℃~120℃で1分~10分間乾燥させ、その後150℃~300℃で5分~120分間焼成される。焼成後の塗膜の厚みは、特に限定されないが、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、5~300nm、好ましくは10~200nmである。 Examples of the method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention include a spin coating method, a printing method, and an ink jet method. Arbitrary temperature and time can be selected for the drying and baking steps after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention. Usually, in order to sufficiently remove the organic solvent contained, drying is performed at 50 ° C. to 120 ° C. for 1 minute to 10 minutes, and then baking is performed at 150 ° C. to 300 ° C. for 5 minutes to 120 minutes. The thickness of the coating film after baking is not particularly limited, but if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered, and therefore it is 5 to 300 nm, preferably 10 to 200 nm.
 得られた液晶配向膜を配向処理する方法としては、ラビング法、光配向処理法などが挙げられる。
 ラビング処理は既存のラビング装置を利用して行うことができる。この際のラビング布の材質としては、コットン、ナイロン、レーヨンなどが挙げられる。ラビング処理の条件としては一般に、回転速度300~2000rpm、送り速度5~100mm/s、押し込み量0.1~1.0mmという条件が用いられる。その後、純水やアルコールなどを用いて超音波洗浄によりラビングにより生じた残渣が除去される。
Examples of a method for aligning the obtained liquid crystal alignment film include a rubbing method and a photo-alignment processing method.
The rubbing process can be performed using an existing rubbing apparatus. Examples of the material of the rubbing cloth at this time include cotton, nylon, and rayon. As the conditions for rubbing treatment, generally, conditions of a rotational speed of 300 to 2000 rpm, a feed speed of 5 to 100 mm / s, and an indentation amount of 0.1 to 1.0 mm are used. Thereafter, the residue generated by rubbing is removed by ultrasonic cleaning using pure water or alcohol.
 光配向処理法の具体例としては、前記塗膜表面に、一定方向に偏向した放射線を照射し、場合によってはさらに150~250℃の温度で加熱処理を行い、液晶配向能を付与する方法が挙げられる。放射線としては、100nm~800nmの波長を有する紫外線および可視光線を用いることができる。このうち、100nm~400nmの波長を有する紫外線が好ましく、200nm~400nmの波長を有するものが特に好ましい。また、液晶配向性を改善するために、塗膜基板を50~250℃で加熱しつつ、放射線を照射してもよい。前記放射線の照射量は、1~10,000mJ/cmが好ましく、100~5,000mJ/cmが特に好ましい。上記のようにして作製した液晶配向膜は、液晶分子を一定の方向に安定して配向させることができる。 As a specific example of the photo-alignment treatment method, there is a method of imparting liquid crystal alignment ability by irradiating the coating film surface with radiation deflected in a certain direction, and further subjecting to a temperature of 150 to 250 ° C. in some cases. Can be mentioned. As the radiation, ultraviolet rays and visible rays having a wavelength of 100 nm to 800 nm can be used. Among these, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 100 nm to 400 nm are preferable, and those having a wavelength of 200 nm to 400 nm are particularly preferable. Further, in order to improve the liquid crystal orientation, radiation may be irradiated while heating the coated substrate at 50 to 250 ° C. Dose of the radiation is preferably 1 ~ 10,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ~ 5,000mJ / cm 2. The liquid crystal alignment film produced as described above can stably align liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction.
 偏光された紫外線の消光比が高いほど、より高い異方性が付与できるため、好ましい。具体的には、直線に偏光された紫外線の消光比は、10:1以上が好ましく、20:1以上がより好ましい。 A higher extinction ratio of polarized ultraviolet light is preferable because higher anisotropy can be imparted. Specifically, the extinction ratio of linearly polarized ultraviolet light is preferably 10: 1 or more, and more preferably 20: 1 or more.
 上記で、偏光された放射線を照射した膜は、次いで水及び有機溶媒から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む溶媒で接触処理してもよい。 In the above, the film irradiated with polarized radiation may be contact-treated with a solvent containing at least one selected from water and an organic solvent.
 接触処理に使用する溶媒としては、光照射によって生成した分解物を溶解する溶媒であれば、特に限定されるものではない。具体例としては、水、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールアセテート、ブチルセロソルブ、乳酸エチル、乳酸メチル、ジアセトンアルコール、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル、及び酢酸シクロヘキシルなどが挙げられる。これらの溶媒は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The solvent used for the contact treatment is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves decomposition products generated by light irradiation. Specific examples include water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol acetate, butyl cellosolve, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, diacetone alcohol, 3- Examples include methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, and cyclohexyl acetate. Two or more of these solvents may be used in combination.
 汎用性や安全性の点から、水、2-プロパノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール及び乳酸エチルからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。水、2-プロパノール、及び水と2-プロパノールの混合溶媒が特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of versatility and safety, at least one selected from the group consisting of water, 2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and ethyl lactate is more preferable. Water, 2-propanol, and a mixed solvent of water and 2-propanol are particularly preferable.
 本発明において、偏光された放射線を照射した膜と有機溶媒を含む溶液との接触処理は、浸漬処理、噴霧(スプレー)処理などの、膜と液とが好ましくは十分に接触するような処理で行なわれる。なかでも、有機溶媒を含む溶液中に膜を、好ましくは10秒~1時間、より好ましくは1~30分浸漬処理する方法が好ましい。接触処理は常温でも加温してもよいが、好ましくは10~80℃、より好ましくは20~50℃で実施される。また、必要に応じて超音波などの接触を高める手段を施すことができる。 In the present invention, the contact treatment between the film irradiated with polarized radiation and the solution containing the organic solvent is a treatment such that the film and the liquid are preferably sufficiently in contact with each other, such as immersion treatment or spraying treatment. Done. Among them, a method of immersing the film in a solution containing an organic solvent, preferably 10 seconds to 1 hour, more preferably 1 to 30 minutes is preferable. The contact treatment may be performed at normal temperature or preferably at 10 to 80 ° C., more preferably 20 to 50 ° C. Moreover, a means for enhancing contact such as ultrasonic waves can be applied as necessary.
 上記接触処理の後に、使用した溶液中の有機溶媒を除去する目的で、水、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、アセトン、メチルエチルケトンなどの低沸点溶媒によるすすぎ(リンス)や乾燥のいずれか、又は両方を行ってよい。 After the above contact treatment, for the purpose of removing the organic solvent in the solution used, either rinsing (rinsing) with a low boiling point solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or drying, or both May be done.
 さらに、上記で溶媒による接触処理をした膜は、溶媒の乾燥及び膜中の分子鎖の再配向を目的に150℃以上で加熱してもよい。 Further, the film subjected to the contact treatment with the solvent as described above may be heated at 150 ° C. or more for the purpose of drying the solvent and reorienting the molecular chain in the film.
 加熱の温度としては、150~300℃が好ましい。温度が高いほど、分子鎖の再配向が促進されるが、温度が高すぎると分子鎖の分解を伴う恐れがある。そのため、加熱温度としては、180~250℃がより好ましく、200~230℃が特に好ましい。 The heating temperature is preferably 150 to 300 ° C. A higher temperature promotes reorientation of molecular chains. However, if the temperature is too high, molecular chains may be decomposed. Therefore, the heating temperature is more preferably 180 to 250 ° C., and particularly preferably 200 to 230 ° C.
 加熱する時間は、短すぎると分子鎖の再配向の効果が得られない可能性があり、長すぎると分子鎖が分解してしまう可能性があるため、10秒~30分が好ましく、1分~10分がより好ましい。 If the heating time is too short, the effect of reorientation of the molecular chain may not be obtained, and if it is too long, the molecular chain may be decomposed, and is preferably 10 seconds to 30 minutes. More preferred is ˜10 minutes.
 また、得られた液晶配向膜は、リワーク材に容易に溶解でき、リワーク性に優れた膜となる。 Further, the obtained liquid crystal alignment film can be easily dissolved in the rework material and becomes a film excellent in reworkability.
 リワークに使用される溶剤としては以下のものが挙げられる:エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のグリコールエーテル類;メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート等のグリコールエステル類;ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ヘキシレングリコール等のグリコール類;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、ブタノール等のアルコール類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン等のケトン類;2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルブタン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル等のエステル類、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド及びN-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド類。 Solvents used for reworking include: glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether; methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl Glycol esters such as cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol propyl ether acetate; glycols such as diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol and hexylene glycol; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and butanol; Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclope Ketones such as tanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone; methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid Methyl, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, etc. Esters, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and other amides.
 リワーク材としては、上記溶剤にエタノールアミン等の塩基性成分を含むとともに、このアルカリ性が電極等のその他の部材にダメージを与えないように錆止めが含まれているものが好ましい。このようなリワーク材を提供するメーカーとしては、韓国の会明産業株式会社、KPXケミカルなどが挙げられる。 As the rework material, a material containing a basic component such as ethanolamine in the solvent and a rust inhibitor so that the alkalinity does not damage other members such as an electrode is preferable. Examples of manufacturers that provide such rework materials include Korea's Aimei Sangyo Co., Ltd. and KPX Chemical.
 リワークは、上記に挙げたリワーク材を室温で、または30℃~100℃に加熱した後、その中に液晶配向膜つき基板を1秒~1000秒、好ましくは30秒~500秒浸漬す、もしくはリワーク材をシャワー式で噴射した後、液を除去しアルコール系溶媒または純水で洗浄することにより行われる。なお、リワークする際のリワーク液の温度は、作業効率等の観点から低温であるほうが好ましく、通常室温乃至60℃であり、より好ましくは室温乃至40℃である。 In reworking, the above-mentioned reworking material is heated at room temperature or 30 ° C. to 100 ° C., and then the substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film is immersed in it for 1 second to 1000 seconds, preferably 30 seconds to 500 seconds, or After the rework material is sprayed by a shower method, the liquid is removed, and the rework material is washed with an alcohol solvent or pure water. In addition, the temperature of the rework liquid at the time of reworking is preferably lower from the viewpoint of work efficiency and the like, and is usually room temperature to 60 ° C, more preferably room temperature to 40 ° C.
<液晶表示素子>
本発明の液晶表示素子は、本発明の液晶配向剤から前記液晶配向膜の製造方法によって液晶配向膜付きの基板を得た後、公知の方法で液晶セルを作製し、それを使用して液晶表示素子としたものである。
<Liquid crystal display element>
In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, after obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention by the method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal cell is produced by a known method, and a liquid crystal cell is used. This is a display element.
 液晶セル作製方法の一例として、パッシブマトリクス構造の液晶表示素子を例にとり説明する。尚、画像表示を構成する各画素部分にTFT(Thin Film Transistor)などのスイッチング素子が設けられたアクティブマトリクス構造の液晶表示素子であってもよい。 As an example of a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell, a liquid crystal display element having a passive matrix structure will be described as an example. Note that an active matrix liquid crystal display element in which a switching element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) is provided in each pixel portion constituting the image display may be used.
 まず、透明なガラス製の基板を準備し、一方の基板の上にコモン電極を、他方の基板の上にセグメント電極を設ける。これらの電極は、例えばITO電極とすることができ、所望の画像表示ができるようパターニングされる。次いで、各基板の上に、コモン電極とセグメント電極を被覆するようにして絶縁膜を設ける。絶縁膜は、例えば、ゾル-ゲル法によって形成されたSiO-TiOからなる膜とすることができる。 First, a transparent glass substrate is prepared, a common electrode is provided on one substrate, and a segment electrode is provided on the other substrate. These electrodes can be ITO electrodes, for example, and are patterned so as to display a desired image. Next, an insulating film is provided on each substrate so as to cover the common electrode and the segment electrode. The insulating film can be, for example, a film made of SiO 2 —TiO 2 formed by a sol-gel method.
 次に、各基板の上に、本発明の液晶配向膜を上記の方法で形成する。 Next, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is formed on each substrate by the above method.
 次に、一方の基板に他方の基板を互いの配向膜面が対向するようにして重ね合わせ、周辺をシール剤で接着する。シール剤には、基板間隙を制御するために、通常、スペーサーを混入しておく。また、シール剤を設けない面内部分にも、基板間隙制御用のスペーサーを散布しておくことが好ましい。シール剤の一部には、外部から液晶を充填可能な開口部を設けておく。 Next, one substrate is overlapped with the other substrate so that the alignment film surfaces face each other, and the periphery is bonded with a sealant. In order to control the substrate gap, a spacer is usually mixed in the sealant. Further, it is preferable that spacers for controlling the gap between the substrates are also sprayed on the in-plane portion where no sealant is provided. A part of the sealant is provided with an opening that can be filled with liquid crystal from the outside.
 次に、シール剤に設けた開口部を通じて、2枚の基板とシール剤で包囲された空間内に液晶材料を注入する。その後、この開口部を接着剤で封止する。注入には、真空注入法を用いてもよいし、大気中で毛細管現象を利用した方法を用いてもよい。次に、偏光板の設置を行う。具体的には、2枚の基板の液晶層とは反対側の面に一対の偏光板を貼り付ける。以上の工程を経ることにより、本発明の液晶表示素子が得られる。 Next, a liquid crystal material is injected into the space surrounded by the two substrates and the sealing agent through the opening provided in the sealing agent. Thereafter, the opening is sealed with an adhesive. For the injection, a vacuum injection method may be used, or a method utilizing capillary action in the atmosphere may be used. Next, a polarizing plate is installed. Specifically, a pair of polarizing plates is attached to the surfaces of the two substrates opposite to the liquid crystal layer. By passing through the above process, the liquid crystal display element of this invention is obtained.
 本発明において、シール剤としては、例えば、エポキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタアクリロイル基、ヒドロキシル基、アリル基、アセチル基などの反応性基を有する紫外線照射や加熱によって硬化する樹脂が用いられる。特に、エポキシ基と(メタ)アクリロイル基の両方の反応性基を有する硬化樹脂系を用いるのが好ましい。 In the present invention, as the sealing agent, for example, a resin that is cured by ultraviolet irradiation or heating having a reactive group such as an epoxy group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydroxyl group, an allyl group, or an acetyl group is used. In particular, it is preferable to use a cured resin system having reactive groups of both an epoxy group and a (meth) acryloyl group.
 本発明のシール剤には接着性、耐湿性の向上を目的として無機充填剤を配合してもよい。使用しうる無機充填剤としては特に限定されないが、具体的には球状シリカ、溶融シリカ、結晶シリカ、酸化チタン、チタンブラック、シリコンカーバイド、窒化珪素、窒化ホウ素、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、硫酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、マイカ、タルク、クレー、アルミナ、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、珪酸カルシウム、珪酸アルミニウム、珪酸リチウムアルミニウム、珪酸ジルコニウム、チタン酸バリウム、硝子繊維、炭素繊維、二硫化モリブデン、アスベスト等が挙げられ、好ましくは球状シリカ、溶融シリカ、結晶シリカ、酸化チタン、チタンブラック、窒化珪素、窒化ホウ素、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、マイカ、タルク、クレー、アルミナ、水酸化アルミニウム、珪酸カルシウム、珪酸アルミニウムである。前記の無機充填剤は2種以上を混合して用いても良い。 In the sealing agent of the present invention, an inorganic filler may be blended for the purpose of improving adhesiveness and moisture resistance. The inorganic filler that can be used is not particularly limited. Specifically, spherical silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, titanium oxide, titanium black, silicon carbide, silicon nitride, boron nitride, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium sulfate, Calcium sulfate, mica, talc, clay, alumina, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, lithium aluminum silicate, zirconium silicate, barium titanate, glass fiber, carbon fiber, molybdenum disulfide, asbestos, etc. Preferably, spherical silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, titanium oxide, titanium black, silicon nitride, boron nitride, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, mica, talc, clay, alumina, aluminum hydroxide Beam, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate. Two or more of the above inorganic fillers may be mixed and used.
 この液晶表示素子は、液晶配向膜として本発明の液晶配向膜の製造方法により得られた液晶配向膜を使用していることから、リワーク性に優れたものとなり、大画面で高精細の液晶テレビなどに好適に利用可能である。 Since this liquid crystal display element uses the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention as the liquid crystal alignment film, it has excellent reworkability and has a large screen and a high-definition liquid crystal television. It can be suitably used for such as.
 以下に本発明の製造方法の詳細について、原料の組成や配合比率を検討した実験方法及びその結果並びに典型的な製造方法である実施例等を挙げて説明する。なお、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。
本実施例で使用する略号の説明
(有機溶媒)
NMP: N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
GBL: γ-ブチロラクトン
BCS: ブチルセロソルブ
酸二無水物(A):下記式(A)
酸二無水物(B):下記式(B)
酸二無水物(C):下記式(C)
酸二無水物(D):下記式(D)
酸二無水物(E):下記式(E)
DA-1:下記式(DA-1)
DA-2:下記式(DA-2)
DA-3:下記式(DA-3)
DA-4:下記式(DA-4)
DA-5:下記式(DA-5)
DA-6:下記式(DA-6)
DA-7:下記式(DA-7)
DA-8:下記式(DA-8)
DA-9:下記式(DA-9)
DA-10:下記式(DA-10)
AD-1:下記式(AD-1)
AD-2:下記式(AD-2)
The details of the production method of the present invention will be described below with reference to experimental methods and results obtained by examining the composition and blending ratio of raw materials, and examples that are typical production methods. The present invention is not limited to these examples.
Explanation of abbreviations used in this example (organic solvent)
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone GBL: γ-butyrolactone BCS: Butyl cellosolvic dianhydride (A): Formula (A)
Acid dianhydride (B): the following formula (B)
Acid dianhydride (C): Formula (C) below
Acid dianhydride (D): Formula (D) below
Acid dianhydride (E): the following formula (E)
DA-1: Formula (DA-1) below
DA-2: Formula (DA-2) below
DA-3: Formula (DA-3) below
DA-4: Formula (DA-4) below
DA-5: The following formula (DA-5)
DA-6: The following formula (DA-6)
DA-7: Formula (DA-7) below
DA-8: The following formula (DA-8)
DA-9: The following formula (DA-9)
DA-10: The following formula (DA-10)
AD-1: Formula (AD-1) below
AD-2: Formula (AD-2) below
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 以下に粘度の測定、イミド化率の測定、リワーク性の評価、液晶セルの作製、および電荷緩和特性評価の方法について記入する The following describes the methods for measuring viscosity, measuring imidization rate, evaluating reworkability, preparing liquid crystal cells, and evaluating charge relaxation characteristics.
[粘度の測定]
  合成例において、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリアミック酸溶液の粘度は、E型粘度計TV-25H(東機産業社製)を用い、サンプル量1.1mL、CORD-1(1°34’、R24)、温度25℃で測定した。
[Measurement of viscosity]
In the synthesis example, the viscosity of the polyamic acid ester and the polyamic acid solution was measured using an E-type viscometer TV-25H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), with a sample amount of 1.1 mL, CORD-1 (1 ° 34 ′, R24), Measurement was performed at a temperature of 25 ° C.
[イミド化率の測定]
 ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMRサンプル管(草野科学社製 NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード φ5)に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6、0.05%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)0.53mlを添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液を日本電子データム社製NMR測定器(JNW-ECA500)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5から10.0ppm付近に現れるアミド酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。
[Measurement of imidization rate]
Add 20 mg of polyimide powder to an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard φ5 manufactured by Kusano Kagaku Co., Ltd.) and add 0.53 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS (tetramethylsilane) mixture). The solution was completely dissolved by applying ultrasonic waves. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum. The imidation rate is determined by determining a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidation as a reference proton, and the peak integrated value of this proton and the proton peak derived from the NH group of amic acid that appears near 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. Using the integrated value, the following formula was used.
 イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
 上記式において、xはアミド酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミド酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミド酸のNH基プロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
Imidization rate (%) = (1−α · x / y) × 100
In the above formula, x is a proton peak integrated value derived from NH group of amic acid, y is a peak integrated value of reference proton, α is one NH group proton of amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%) Is the number ratio of the reference proton to.
[リワーク性の評価]
 本発明の液晶配向剤をCr基板にスピンコート塗布にて塗布した。60℃のホットプレート上で1分30秒間乾燥させた後、230℃の熱風循環式オーブンで20分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの塗膜を形成させた。その後、55℃に加熱したリワーク材に作製した基板を300秒間浸漬させて現像した後、超純水で20秒間流水洗浄を行った。その後、エアーブローし、液晶配向膜が完全に消失したものを○、残存しているものを×とした。得られた結果を表3に示す。
[Evaluation of reworkability]
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention was applied to a Cr substrate by spin coating. After drying on a hot plate at 60 ° C. for 1 minute and 30 seconds, baking was performed in a hot air circulation oven at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 100 nm. Thereafter, the substrate prepared in the rework material heated to 55 ° C. was immersed for 300 seconds and developed, and then washed with running ultrapure water for 20 seconds. After that, air blow was performed, and the case where the liquid crystal alignment film completely disappeared was marked with “◯”, and the remaining film was marked with “X”. The obtained results are shown in Table 3.
[液晶セルの作製]
 フリンジフィールドスィッチング(Fringe Field Switching:以下、FFSという)モード液晶表示素子の構成を備えた液晶セルを作製する。
[Production of liquid crystal cell]
A liquid crystal cell having a configuration of a fringe field switching (hereinafter referred to as FFS) mode liquid crystal display element is manufactured.
 初めに電極付きの基板を準備した。基板は、30mm×50mmの大きさで、厚さが0.7mmのガラス基板である。基板上には第1層目として対向電極を構成する、ベタ状のパターンを備えたITO電極が形成されている。第1層目の対向電極の上には第2層目として、CVD法により成膜されたSiN(窒化珪素)膜が形成されている。第2層目のSiN膜の膜厚は500nmであり、層間絶縁膜として機能する。第2層目のSiN膜の上には、第3層目としてITO膜をパターニングして形成された櫛歯状の画素電極が配置され、第1画素および第2画素の2つの画素を形成している。各画素のサイズは、縦10mmで横約5mmである。このとき、第1層目の対向電極と第3層目の画素電極とは、第2層目のSiN膜の作用により電気的に絶縁されている。 First, a substrate with electrodes was prepared. The substrate is a glass substrate having a size of 30 mm × 50 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm. On the substrate, an ITO electrode having a solid pattern constituting a counter electrode as a first layer is formed. On the counter electrode of the first layer, a SiN (silicon nitride) film formed by the CVD method is formed as the second layer. The second layer SiN film has a thickness of 500 nm and functions as an interlayer insulating film. On the second SiN film, a comb-like pixel electrode formed by patterning an ITO film as the third layer is arranged to form two pixels, a first pixel and a second pixel. ing. The size of each pixel is 10 mm long and about 5 mm wide. At this time, the first-layer counter electrode and the third-layer pixel electrode are electrically insulated by the action of the second-layer SiN film.
 第3層目の画素電極は、中央部分が屈曲したくの字形状の電極要素を複数配列して構成された櫛歯状の形状を有する。各電極要素の短手方向の幅は3μmであり、電極要素間の間隔は6μmである。各画素を形成する画素電極が、中央部分の屈曲したくの字形状の電極要素を複数配列して構成されているため、各画素の形状は長方形状ではなく、電極要素と同様に中央部分で屈曲する、太字のくの字に似た形状を備える。そして、各画素は、その中央の屈曲部分を境にして上下に分割され、屈曲部分の上側の第1領域と下側の第2領域を有する。 The pixel electrode of the third layer has a comb-like shape configured by arranging a plurality of electrode elements having a dogleg shape whose central portion is bent. The width in the short direction of each electrode element is 3 μm, and the distance between the electrode elements is 6 μm. Since the pixel electrode forming each pixel is formed by arranging a plurality of bent-shaped electrode elements in the central portion, the shape of each pixel is not rectangular, but in the central portion like the electrode elements. It has a shape that bends and resembles a bold-faced koji. Each pixel is divided into upper and lower portions with a central bent portion as a boundary, and has a first region on the upper side of the bent portion and a second region on the lower side.
 各画素の第1領域と第2領域とを比較すると、それらを構成する画素電極の電極要素の形成方向が異なるものとなっている。すなわち、後述する液晶配向膜のラビング方向を基準とした場合、画素の第1領域では画素電極の電極要素が+10°の角度(時計回り)をなすように形成され、画素の第2領域では画素電極の電極要素が-10°の角度(時計回り)をなすように形成されている。すなわち、各画素の第1領域と第2領域とでは、画素電極と対向電極との間の電圧印加によって誘起される液晶の、基板面内での回転動作(インプレーン・スイッチング)の方向が互いに逆方向となるように構成されている。 When the first region and the second region of each pixel are compared, the formation directions of the electrode elements of the pixel electrodes constituting them are different. That is, when the rubbing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film described later is used as a reference, the electrode element of the pixel electrode is formed to form an angle of + 10 ° (clockwise) in the first region of the pixel, and the pixel in the second region of the pixel. The electrode elements of the electrode are formed so as to form an angle of −10 ° (clockwise). That is, in the first region and the second region of each pixel, the directions of the rotation operation (in-plane switching) of the liquid crystal induced by the voltage application between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode are mutually in the substrate plane. It is comprised so that it may become a reverse direction.
 次に、得られた液晶配向剤を1.0μmのフィルターで濾過した後、準備された上記電極付き基板と裏面にITO膜が成膜されている高さ4μmの柱状スペーサーを有するガラス基板に、スピンコート塗布にて塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で5分間乾燥させた後、230℃の熱風循環式オーブンで20分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの塗膜を形成させた。この塗膜面にラビングや偏光紫外線照射などの配向処理を施し、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。上記、2枚の基板を一組とし、基板上にシール剤を印刷し、もう1枚の基板を、液晶配向膜面が向き合い配向方向が0°になるようにして張り合わせた後、シール剤を硬化させて空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、液晶MLC-2041(メルク株式会社製)を注入し、注入口を封止して、FFS駆動液晶セルを得た。その後、得られた液晶セルを110℃で1時間加熱し、一晩放置してから各評価に使用した。 Next, after filtering the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent through a 1.0 μm filter, the prepared substrate with electrodes and a glass substrate having a columnar spacer with a height of 4 μm on which an ITO film is formed on the back surface, It applied by spin coat application. After drying on an 80 ° C. hot plate for 5 minutes, baking was carried out in a hot air circulating oven at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 100 nm. This coating surface was subjected to alignment treatment such as rubbing and polarized ultraviolet irradiation to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. The two substrates are combined as a set, a sealant is printed on the substrate, and the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces and the alignment direction is 0 °, and then the sealant is added. An empty cell was produced by curing. Liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was sealed to obtain an FFS drive liquid crystal cell. Thereafter, the obtained liquid crystal cell was heated at 110 ° C. for 1 hour and allowed to stand overnight before being used for each evaluation.
 [電荷緩和特性評価]
 上記液晶セルを光源上に置き、室温でのV-T特性(電圧-透過率特性)を測定した後、±1.5V/60Hzの矩形波を印加した状態での液晶セルの透過率(Ta)を測定した。その後、直流1Vを重畳し30分間駆動させながら液晶セルの透過率(Tb)を測定し、直流電圧を切り、再び±1.5V/60Hzの矩形波のみで20分駆動させた時の液晶セルの透過率(Tc)を測定し、各時間での透過率(Tb、Tc)と初期の透過率(Ta)の差(ΔT)から液晶表示素子内に残留した電圧により生じた透過率の差を算出した。この残留した電圧がより早く緩和するほど、焼きつきが発生しにくいと考えられる。(Tb-Ta)が直流電圧印加開始5分で2%以下を○、以上を×、(Tc-Ta)が直流電圧を切ってから5分で2%以下を○、以上を×とする。得られた結果を表3に示す。
[Charge relaxation characteristics evaluation]
After placing the above liquid crystal cell on a light source and measuring VT characteristics (voltage-transmittance characteristics) at room temperature, the transmittance (Ta of the liquid crystal cell with a square wave of ± 1.5 V / 60 Hz applied) (Ta ) Was measured. After that, the transmittance (Tb) of the liquid crystal cell is measured while driving for 30 minutes with DC 1V superimposed, the liquid crystal cell when the DC voltage is cut off and driven again for 20 minutes only with ± 1.5V / 60Hz rectangular wave. The transmittance (Tc) is measured, and the difference in transmittance caused by the voltage remaining in the liquid crystal display element from the difference (ΔT) between the transmittance (Tb, Tc) at each time and the initial transmittance (Ta). Was calculated. It is considered that the seizure hardly occurs as the remaining voltage is relaxed earlier. When (Tb-Ta) is 5 minutes after the start of DC voltage application, 2% or less is marked as ◯, when x is above, and when (Tc-Ta) is cut off the DC voltage, 2% or less is marked as ◯, and above is marked as x. The obtained results are shown in Table 3.
(比較重合例1)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-3)を0.96g取り、NMPを25.7g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(C)を3.00g添加し、更にNMPを11.2g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(D)を0.77g添加し、更にNMPを4.4g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、50℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は358cpsであった。
(Comparative polymerization example 1)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.96 g of (DA-3) were added, 25.7 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring this diamine solution, 3.00 g of acid dianhydride (C) was added, 11.2 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (D). Was added, and 4.4 g of NMP was further added, followed by stirring at 23 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-1). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 358 cps.
(比較重合例2)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-2)を0.46g取り、NMPを22.3g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(C)を2.00g添加し、更にNMPを6.3g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(D)を1.51g添加し、更にNMPを8.5g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、50℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-2)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は333cpsであった。
(Comparative polymerization example 2)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.46 g of (DA-2) were added, 22.3 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring the diamine solution, 2.00 g of acid dianhydride (C) was added, 6.3 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (D). 1.51 g was added, 8.5 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-2). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 333 cps.
(重合例1)
 撹拌装置付きの100mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-6)を0.58g、(DA-4)を1.32g、(DA-5)を0.93g、(DA-7)を3.01g取り、NMPを42.8g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(E)を3.91g添加し、更にNMPを12.4g加え、窒素雰囲気下、40℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は450cpsであった。
(Polymerization example 1)
A 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 0.58 g of (DA-6), 1.32 g of (DA-4), 0.93 g of (DA-5), and (DA-7) 3.01 g was taken, 42.8 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved at 23 ° C. while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 3.91 g of acid dianhydride (E) was added, and 12.4 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 16 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-3). Got. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 450 cps.
(重合例2)
 撹拌装置付きの100mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-9)を6.19g、(DA-8)を2.14g取り、NMPを61.1g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(B)5.71g添加し、更にNMPを18.5g加え、窒素雰囲気下、50℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は351cpsであった。
(Polymerization example 2)
A 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.19 g of (DA-9) and 2.14 g of (DA-8) were added, 61.1 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring this diamine solution, 5.71 g of acid dianhydride (B) was added, and 18.5 g of NMP was further added. The mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 16 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) was added. Obtained. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 351 cps.
(重合例3)
 撹拌装置付きの1L四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-4)を86.0g、(DA-7)を53.4g、(DA-10)を76.5g取り、NMPを1580g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(E)93.2g添加し、更にNMPを168g加え、窒素雰囲気下、40℃で3時間撹拌した。さらに酸二無水物(D)を28.2g 添加し、さらにNMPを160g加え、窒素雰囲気下23℃で4時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸の溶液(PAA-5)を得た。このポリアミック酸の溶液の温度25℃における粘度は200mPa・sであった。
(Polymerization Example 3)
A 1 L four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 86.0 g of (DA-4), 53.4 g of (DA-7), 76.5 g of (DA-10) were taken, 1580 g of NMP were added, The mixture was stirred at a temperature of 23 ° C. while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 93.2 g of acid dianhydride (E) was added, 168 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Further, 28.2 g of acid dianhydride (D) was added, 160 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-5). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 200 mPa · s.
(重合例4)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-4)を0.78g取り、NMPを24.4g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(B)を1.75g添加し、更にNMPを4.3g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(D)を1.41g添加し、更にNMPを8.0g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、50℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-6)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は240cpsであった。
(Polymerization example 4)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.78 g of (DA-4) were added, 24.4 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring the diamine solution, 1.75 g of acid dianhydride (B) was added, 4.3 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (D). 1.41 g was added, 8.0 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-6). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 240 cps.
(重合例5)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-2)を0.49g取り、NMPを22.3g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(A)を2.35g添加し、更にNMPを8.3g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(C)を1.80g添加し、更にNMPを10.2g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、70℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は380cpsであった。
(Polymerization Example 5)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.49 g of (DA-2) were added, 22.3 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring this diamine solution, 2.35 g of acid dianhydride (A) was added, 8.3 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (C). Was added, and 10.2 g of NMP was further added, followed by stirring at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-7). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 380 cps.
(重合例6)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-2)を0.49g取り、NMPを22.3g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(A)を2.35g添加し、更にNMPを8.3g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(D)を1.41g添加し、更にNMPを8.0g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、70℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-8)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は321cpsであった。
(Polymerization Example 6)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.49 g of (DA-2) were added, 22.3 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring this diamine solution, 2.35 g of acid dianhydride (A) was added, 8.3 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (D). 1.41 g was added, 8.0 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-8). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 321 cps.
(重合例7)
 撹拌装置付きの50mL四つ口フラスコを窒素雰囲気とし、(DA-1)を2.55g、(DA-2)を0.49g取り、NMPを22.3g加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して23℃で溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、酸二無水物(A)を1.41g添加し、更にNMPを2.9加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した後、酸二無水物(B)を1.41g添加し、更にNMPを7.9g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した。その後、 酸二無水物(C)を1.00g添加し、更にNMPを5.7g加え、窒素雰囲気下、23℃で2時間撹拌した 。その後、70℃で16時間撹拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-9)を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は365cpsであった。
(Polymerization Example 7)
A 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.55 g of (DA-1) and 0.49 g of (DA-2) were added, 22.3 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred while feeding nitrogen. It was dissolved at ° C. While stirring this diamine solution, 1.41 g of acid dianhydride (A) was added, 2.9 of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then acid dianhydride (B). 1.41 g was added, and 7.9 g of NMP was further added, followed by stirring at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 1.00 g of acid dianhydride (C) was added, 5.7 g of NMP was further added, and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 16 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-9). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 365 cps.
(比較例1)
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、比較合成例で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3)を6.73g、(PAA-1)を15.27g、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40g、(AD-2)を10wt%含むNMP溶液を0.72gを分取し、NMPを2.88g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、液晶配向剤(A-1)を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, NMP containing 6.73 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3) obtained in the comparative synthesis example, 15.27 g of (PAA-1), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) 2.40 g of the solution and 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2) were collected, 2.88 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours with a magnetic stirrer. An aligning agent (A-1) was obtained.
(比較例2) 
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、比較合成例で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4)を4.00g、(PAA-2)を12.80g、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40gを分取し、NMPを8.80g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、液晶配向剤(A-2)を得た。
(Comparative Example 2)
In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, NMP containing 4.00 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in the comparative synthesis example, 12.80 g of (PAA-2), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) 2.40 g of the solution was fractionated, 8.80 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (A-2).
(比較例3)
 撹拌子の入った3L三角フラスコに、(重合例3)で得られたポリアミック酸の溶液(PAA-5)を800g分取し、NMPを700g、無水酢酸を69.7g、ピリジンを18.0g加え、室温で30分間撹拌した後、55℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液を5600gのメタノール中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄した後、温度60℃で減圧乾燥し、ポリイミドの粉末を得た。このポリイミドの粉末のイミド化率は、75%であった。
 撹拌子の入った300mL三角フラスコに、このポリイミドの粉末を20.4g分取し、NMPを150g加えて、50℃にて20時間撹拌して溶解させ、ポリイミド溶液(SPI-1)を得た。
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、上記で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-1)を7.00g、(PAA-6)を10.40g、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40g、(AD-2)を10wt%含むNMP溶液を0.72gを分取し、NMPを7.48g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、液晶配向剤(A-3)を得た。
(Comparative Example 3)
In a 3 L Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, 800 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5) obtained in (Polymerization Example 3) was collected, 700 g of NMP, 69.7 g of acetic anhydride, and 18.0 g of pyridine. In addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then reacted at 55 ° C. for 3 hours. This reaction solution was put into 5600 g of methanol, and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. The precipitate was washed with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at a temperature of 60 ° C. to obtain a polyimide powder. The imidation ratio of this polyimide powder was 75%.
In a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, 20.4 g of this polyimide powder was taken, 150 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved at 50 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyimide solution (SPI-1). .
In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, NMP solution containing 7.00 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-1) obtained above, 10.40 g of (PAA-6), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) was added. .40 g, 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2) was taken out, 7.48 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours. A-3) was obtained.
(実施例1~3)
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、(比較例3)で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-1)を7.00g、(重合例5~7)で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7~9)を10.40g分取し、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40g、(AD-2)を10wt%含むNMP溶液を0.72gを分取し、NMPを7.48g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、表1に示すように液晶配向剤(B-1~3)を得た。
(Examples 1 to 3)
In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, 7.00 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-1) obtained in (Comparative Example 3) and the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7˜) obtained in (Polymerization Examples 5-7) were added. 9.40 g of NMP was taken, 2.40 g of NMP solution containing 1 wt% of (AD-1), 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2), and 7. 48 g and 12.00 g of BCS were added and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours to obtain liquid crystal aligning agents (B-1 to 3) as shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
(実施例4~6)
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、(重合例2)で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4)を4.00g、(重合例5~7)で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7~9)を12.80g、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40gを分取し、NMPを4.80g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、表2に示すように液晶配向剤(B-4~6)を得た。
(Examples 4 to 6)
To a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stir bar, 4.00 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in (Polymerization Example 2) and the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in (Polymerization Examples 5 to 7) To 9) 12.80 g and 2.40 g of NMP solution containing 1 wt% of (AD-1) were collected, 4.80 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours. As shown in Table 2, liquid crystal aligning agents (B-4 to 6) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
(実施例7)
 撹拌子の入った50mL三角フラスコに、比較合成例で得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7)を6.00g、(PAA-1)を11.20g、(AD-1)を1wt%含むNMP溶液を2.40g、(AD-2)を10wt%含むNMP溶液を0.72gを分取し、NMPを7.68g、BCSを12.00g加え、マグネチックスターラーで2時間撹拌して、液晶配向剤(B-7)を得た。
(Example 7)
In a 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing a stirring bar, NMP containing 6.00 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in the comparative synthesis example, 11.20 g of (PAA-1), and 1 wt% of (AD-1) 2.40 g of the solution and 0.72 g of NMP solution containing 10 wt% of (AD-2) were separated, 7.68 g of NMP and 12.00 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours with a magnetic stirrer. An aligning agent (B-7) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
 本発明の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜は、IPS駆動方式やFFS駆動方式の液晶表示素子において交流駆動の非対称化による電荷蓄積を低減し、且つ直流電圧により蓄積した残留電荷の緩和が早いため、残像特性に優れたIPS駆動方式やFFS駆動方式の液晶表示素子が得られる。よって、IPS駆動方式やFFS駆動方式の液晶表示素子や液晶テレビの液晶配向膜として特に有用である。 The liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention reduces charge accumulation due to AC drive asymmetry in an IPS drive type or FFS drive type liquid crystal display element, and quickly relaxes the residual charge accumulated by a DC voltage. Therefore, an IPS drive type or FFS drive type liquid crystal display element having excellent afterimage characteristics can be obtained. Therefore, it is particularly useful as a liquid crystal alignment film of an IPS driving type or FFS driving type liquid crystal display element or a liquid crystal television.

Claims (11)

  1.  (A)下記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを10:90乃至90:10の比率で含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分と下記式(2)で表されるジアミンを含むジアミン成分とを用いて得られるポリアミック酸及び該ポリアミック酸のイミド化重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、
    (B)ポリイミド前駆体、該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化重合体及び所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型アクリル重合体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の重合体、及び有機溶媒を含有することを特徴とする液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     (式(1)において、iは0又は1であり、Xは単結合、エーテル結合、カルボニル、エステル結合、フェニレン、炭素原子数1乃至20の直鎖アルキレン、炭素原子数2乃至20の分岐アルキレン、炭素原子数3乃至12の環状アルキレン、スルホニル、アミド結合またはそれらの組みあわせからなる基であり、ここで、炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレンは、エステル結合及びエーテル結合から選ばれる結合によって中断されていてもよく、フェニレン及びアルキレンの炭素原子はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びハロアルコキシ基から選ばれる1又は複数の同一または相異なる置換基で置換されていてもよい。
     式(2)において、Yはアミノ基、イミノ基、及び含窒素複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の構造を有する2価の有機基であり、B、Bはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基である。)
    (A) A tetracarboxylic dianhydride component containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (1) and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride in a ratio of 10:90 to 90:10, and the following formula At least one polymer selected from a polyamic acid obtained using a diamine component containing a diamine represented by (2) and an imidized polymer of the polyamic acid,
    (B) at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, an imidized polymer of the polyimide precursor, and a photosensitive side chain acrylic polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range; and A liquid crystal aligning agent comprising an organic solvent.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In Formula (1), i is 0 or 1, X is a single bond, an ether bond, a carbonyl, an ester bond, phenylene, a linear alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. , A group consisting of a cyclic alkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a sulfonyl, an amide bond, or a combination thereof, wherein the alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is interrupted by a bond selected from an ester bond and an ether bond The carbon atoms of phenylene and alkylene may be substituted with one or more identical or different substituents selected from halogen atoms, cyano groups, alkyl groups, haloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups and haloalkoxy groups. Good.
    In Formula (2), Y 1 is a divalent organic group having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group, an imino group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and B 1 and B 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group. )
  2.  前記(A)成分のテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分中の10~100モル%が前記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物とであることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。 10 to 100 mol% of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component of the component (A) is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1). The liquid crystal aligning agent of Claim 1 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  3.  前記(A)成分のジアミン成分中の10~100モル%が、式(2)のジアミンであることを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein 10 to 100 mol% of the diamine component of the component (A) is a diamine of the formula (2).
  4.  式(2)中のYが、下記式(YD-1)~(YD-5)の構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である請求項1から3のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(YD-1)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Zは、水素原子、又は置換基を有してよい素数1~20の炭化水素基である。式(YD-2)において、Wは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、Aは窒素原子含有複素環を有する炭素数3~15の1価の有機基、又は炭素数1から6の脂肪族基で置換されたジ置換アミノ基である。式(YD-3)において、Wは炭素数6~15で、且つベンゼン環を1から2個有する2価の有機基であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレン又はビフェニレンであり、Zは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はベンゼン環であり、aは0~1の整数である。式(YD-4)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環である。式(YD-5)において、Aは炭素数3~15の窒素原子含有複素環であり、Wは炭素数2~5のアルキレンである。)
    4. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the structures of the following formulas (YD-1) to (YD-5).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formula (YD-1), A 1 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and Z 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 prime groups which may have a substituent. In the formula (YD-2), W 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and A 2 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring, or carbon A disubstituted amino group substituted with an aliphatic group having a number of 1 to 6. In the formula (YD-3), W 2 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 benzene rings. W 3 is an alkylene or biphenylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, Z 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a benzene ring, and a is an integer of 0 to 1. in the formula (YD-4), a 3 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. formula (YD- In), A 4 is a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, W 5 is alkylene having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.)
  5.  式(YD-1)、(YD-2)、(YD-4)、及び(YD-5)に記載のA、A、A、及びAが、ピロリジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、ピリジン、ピラジン、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、キノリン、イソキノリンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である請求項4に記載の液晶配向剤。 A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 described in formulas (YD-1), (YD-2), (YD-4), and (YD-5) are pyrrolidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, 5. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 4, wherein the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of oxazole, thiazole, piperidine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, indole, benzimidazole, quinoline and isoquinoline.
  6.  式(2)におけるYが、下記式(YD-6)~(YD-21)の構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である請求項1から請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     (式(YD-17)中、hは1~3の整数であり、式(YD-14)及び(YD-21)中、jは1から3の整数である。)
    The Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structures of the following formulas (YD-6) to (YD-21). The liquid crystal aligning agent of any one of Claims.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In Formula (YD-17), h is an integer of 1 to 3, and in Formulas (YD-14) and (YD-21), j is an integer of 1 to 3.)
  7.  式(2)におけるYが、上記式(YD-14)及び(YD-18)の構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類であることを特徴とする請求項6に記載の液晶配向剤。 The Y 1 in the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the structure of the above formulas (YD-14) and (YD-18). Liquid crystal aligning agent as described in.
  8.  前記式(1)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物が3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物である請求項1から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1) is 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, according to any one of claims 1 to 7. Liquid crystal aligning agent.
  9.  前記脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物がビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸2,4:6,8二無水物である請求項1から請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤。 9. The aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is bicyclo [3.3.0] octane 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid 2,4: 6,8 dianhydride. The liquid crystal aligning agent of any one of Claims.
  10.  請求項1から請求項9のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤を塗布、焼成して得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying and baking the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  請求項10に記載の液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。  A liquid crystal display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 10.
PCT/JP2017/035348 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element WO2018062438A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780060270.3A CN109791329B (en) 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2018542891A JP7089229B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR1020197011769A KR102453433B1 (en) 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 A liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film, and a liquid crystal display element
CN202111009465.XA CN113805386B (en) 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016191843 2016-09-29
JP2016-191843 2016-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018062438A1 true WO2018062438A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Family

ID=61762740

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/035348 WO2018062438A1 (en) 2016-09-29 2017-09-28 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7089229B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102453433B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109791329B (en)
TW (2) TWI817934B (en)
WO (1) WO2018062438A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111196929A (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-26 捷恩智株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
WO2020116459A1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2020-06-11 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2020158819A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN111971617A (en) * 2018-04-09 2020-11-20 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
CN113728270A (en) * 2019-04-24 2021-11-30 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016080985A (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-05-16 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or derivative of the same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2016125870A1 (en) * 2015-02-06 2016-08-11 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal orienting agent, liquid crystal display element, and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP2016170409A (en) * 2015-03-11 2016-09-23 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display using the same

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW556029B (en) 2000-10-16 2003-10-01 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Aligning agent for liquid crystal for in-plane switching, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element
JP4052308B2 (en) 2002-12-11 2008-02-27 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
KR101589322B1 (en) * 2008-01-25 2016-01-27 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element
JP5961880B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2016-08-03 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display
JP6233309B2 (en) * 2012-08-29 2017-11-22 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2014092170A1 (en) * 2012-12-13 2017-01-12 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN105492965B (en) * 2013-06-25 2019-04-09 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film, liquid crystal indicate element
US10011772B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2018-07-03 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
KR102278975B1 (en) * 2013-11-28 2021-07-16 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element using same
KR102421827B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2022-07-15 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102227960B1 (en) * 2014-10-21 2021-03-15 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016080985A (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-05-16 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or derivative of the same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2016125870A1 (en) * 2015-02-06 2016-08-11 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal orienting agent, liquid crystal display element, and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP2016170409A (en) * 2015-03-11 2016-09-23 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display using the same

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111971617A (en) * 2018-04-09 2020-11-20 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
CN111196929A (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-26 捷恩智株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
WO2020116459A1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2020-06-11 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN113168053A (en) * 2018-12-04 2021-07-23 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2020116459A1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2021-10-21 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP7428138B2 (en) 2018-12-04 2024-02-06 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2020158819A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN113728270A (en) * 2019-04-24 2021-11-30 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109791329A (en) 2019-05-21
CN113805386A (en) 2021-12-17
TW201827578A (en) 2018-08-01
KR102453433B1 (en) 2022-10-11
TWI817934B (en) 2023-10-11
TWI813994B (en) 2023-09-01
CN109791329B (en) 2022-05-17
JPWO2018062438A1 (en) 2019-08-08
JP7089229B2 (en) 2022-06-22
KR20190058569A (en) 2019-05-29
TW202132549A (en) 2021-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6582988B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment element
JP7089231B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6578948B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent containing polyimide precursor and / or polyimide having thermally detachable group
JP7089229B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2017106941A (en) Urea compound having alkoxysilyl group and liquid crystal aligning agent
JP7196847B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP7131384B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP7334723B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2018062437A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2018062439A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN113805386B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2020171128A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element using it
CN112969959A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17856387

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018542891

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197011769

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17856387

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1